Provided by: qemu-system-common_4.0+dfsg-0ubuntu9_amd64 bug

NAME

       qemu-qmp-ref - QEMU QMP Reference Manual

DESCRIPTION

   Introduction
       This document describes all commands currently supported by QMP.

       Most of the time their usage is exactly the same as in the user Monitor, this means that
       any other document which also describe commands (the manpage, QEMU's manual, etc) can and
       should be consulted.

       QMP has two types of commands: regular and query commands. Regular commands usually change
       the Virtual Machine's state someway, while query commands just return information. The
       sections below are divided accordingly.

       It's important to observe that all communication examples are formatted in a reader-
       friendly way, so that they're easier to understand. However, in real protocol usage,
       they're emitted as a single line.

       Also, the following notation is used to denote data flow:

       Example:

               -> data issued by the Client

               <- Server data response

       Please, refer to the QMP specification (docs/interop/qmp-spec.txt) for detailed
       information on the Server command and response formats.

   Stability Considerations
       The current QMP command set (described in this file) may be useful for a number of use
       cases, however it's limited and several commands have bad defined semantics, specially
       with regard to command completion.

       These problems are going to be solved incrementally in the next QEMU releases and we're
       going to establish a deprecation policy for badly defined commands.

       If you're planning to adopt QMP, please observe the following:

       1.  The deprecation policy will take effect and be documented soon, please check the
           documentation of each used command as soon as a new release of QEMU is available

       2.  DO NOT rely on anything which is not explicit documented

       3.  Errors, in special, are not documented. Applications should NOT check for specific
           errors classes or data (it's strongly recommended to only check for the "error" key)

   Common data types
       QapiErrorClass (Enum)

       QEMU error classes

       Values:

       "GenericError"
           this is used for errors that don't require a specific error class. This should be the
           default case for most errors

       "CommandNotFound"
           the requested command has not been found

       "DeviceNotActive"
           a device has failed to be become active

       "DeviceNotFound"
           the requested device has not been found

       "KVMMissingCap"
           the requested operation can't be fulfilled because a required KVM capability is
           missing

       Since: 1.2

       IoOperationType (Enum)

       An enumeration of the I/O operation types

       Values:

       "read"
           read operation

       "write"
           write operation

       Since: 2.1

       OnOffAuto (Enum)

       An enumeration of three options: on, off, and auto

       Values:

       "auto"
           QEMU selects the value between on and off

       "on"
           Enabled

       "off"
           Disabled

       Since: 2.2

       OnOffSplit (Enum)

       An enumeration of three values: on, off, and split

       Values:

       "on"
           Enabled

       "off"
           Disabled

       "split"
           Mixed

       Since: 2.6

       String (Object)

       A fat type wrapping 'str', to be embedded in lists.

       Members:

       "str: string"
           Not documented

       Since: 1.2

       StrOrNull (Alternate)

       This is a string value or the explicit lack of a string (null pointer in C).  Intended for
       cases when 'optional absent' already has a different meaning.

       Members:

       "s: string"
           the string value

       "n: null"
           no string value

       Since: 2.10

       OffAutoPCIBAR (Enum)

       An enumeration of options for specifying a PCI BAR

       Values:

       "off"
           The specified feature is disabled

       "auto"
           The PCI BAR for the feature is automatically selected

       "bar0"
           PCI BAR0 is used for the feature

       "bar1"
           PCI BAR1 is used for the feature

       "bar2"
           PCI BAR2 is used for the feature

       "bar3"
           PCI BAR3 is used for the feature

       "bar4"
           PCI BAR4 is used for the feature

       "bar5"
           PCI BAR5 is used for the feature

       Since: 2.12

       PCIELinkSpeed (Enum)

       An enumeration of PCIe link speeds in units of GT/s

       Values:

       "2_5"
           2.5GT/s

       5   5.0GT/s

       8   8.0GT/s

       16  16.0GT/s

       Since: 4.0

       PCIELinkWidth (Enum)

       An enumeration of PCIe link width

       Values:

       1   x1

       2   x2

       4   x4

       8   x8

       12  x12

       16  x16

       32  x32

       Since: 4.0

       SysEmuTarget (Enum)

       The comprehensive enumeration of QEMU system emulation ("softmmu") targets. Run
       "./configure --help" in the project root directory, and look for the *-softmmu targets
       near the "--target-list" option. The individual target constants are not documented here,
       for the time being.

       Values:

       "aarch64"
           Not documented

       "alpha"
           Not documented

       "arm"
           Not documented

       "cris"
           Not documented

       "hppa"
           Not documented

       "i386"
           Not documented

       "lm32"
           Not documented

       "m68k"
           Not documented

       "microblaze"
           Not documented

       "microblazeel"
           Not documented

       "mips"
           Not documented

       "mips64"
           Not documented

       "mips64el"
           Not documented

       "mipsel"
           Not documented

       "moxie"
           Not documented

       "nios2"
           Not documented

       "or1k"
           Not documented

       "ppc"
           Not documented

       "ppc64"
           Not documented

       "riscv32"
           Not documented

       "riscv64"
           Not documented

       "s390x"
           Not documented

       "sh4"
           Not documented

       "sh4eb"
           Not documented

       "sparc"
           Not documented

       "sparc64"
           Not documented

       "tricore"
           Not documented

       "unicore32"
           Not documented

       "x86_64"
           Not documented

       "xtensa"
           Not documented

       "xtensaeb"
           Not documented

       Notes: The resulting QMP strings can be appended to the "qemu-system-" prefix to produce
       the corresponding QEMU executable name. This is true even for "qemu-system-x86_64".

       ppcemb: dropped in 3.1

       Since: 3.0

   Socket data types
       NetworkAddressFamily (Enum)

       The network address family

       Values:

       "ipv4"
           IPV4 family

       "ipv6"
           IPV6 family

       "unix"
           unix socket

       "vsock"
           vsock family (since 2.8)

       "unknown"
           otherwise

       Since: 2.1

       InetSocketAddressBase (Object)

       Members:

       "host: string"
           host part of the address

       "port: string"
           port part of the address

       InetSocketAddress (Object)

       Captures a socket address or address range in the Internet namespace.

       Members:

       "numeric: boolean" (optional)
           true if the host/port are guaranteed to be numeric, false if name resolution should be
           attempted. Defaults to false.  (Since 2.9)

       "to: int" (optional)
           If present, this is range of possible addresses, with port between "port" and "to".

       "ipv4: boolean" (optional)
           whether to accept IPv4 addresses, default try both IPv4 and IPv6

       "ipv6: boolean" (optional)
           whether to accept IPv6 addresses, default try both IPv4 and IPv6

       The members of "InetSocketAddressBase"

       Since: 1.3

       UnixSocketAddress (Object)

       Captures a socket address in the local ("Unix socket") namespace.

       Members:

       "path: string"
           filesystem path to use

       Since: 1.3

       VsockSocketAddress (Object)

       Captures a socket address in the vsock namespace.

       Members:

       "cid: string"
           unique host identifier

       "port: string"
           port

       Note: string types are used to allow for possible future hostname or service resolution
       support.

       Since: 2.8

       SocketAddressLegacy (Object)

       Captures the address of a socket, which could also be a named file descriptor

       Members:

       "type"
           One of "inet", "unix", "vsock", "fd"

       "data: InetSocketAddress" when "type" is "inet"
       "data: UnixSocketAddress" when "type" is "unix"
       "data: VsockSocketAddress" when "type" is "vsock"
       "data: String" when "type" is "fd"

       Note: This type is deprecated in favor of SocketAddress.  The difference between
       SocketAddressLegacy and SocketAddress is that the latter is a flat union rather than a
       simple union. Flat is nicer because it avoids nesting on the wire, i.e. that form has
       fewer {}.

       Since: 1.3

       SocketAddressType (Enum)

       Available SocketAddress types

       Values:

       "inet"
           Internet address

       "unix"
           Unix domain socket

       "vsock"
           VMCI address

       "fd"
           decimal is for file descriptor number, otherwise a file descriptor name.  Named file
           descriptors are permitted in monitor commands, in combination with the 'getfd'
           command. Decimal file descriptors are permitted at startup or other contexts where no
           monitor context is active.

       Since: 2.9

       SocketAddress (Object)

       Captures the address of a socket, which could also be a named file descriptor

       Members:

       "type: SocketAddressType"
           Transport type

       The members of "InetSocketAddress" when "type" is "inet"
       The members of "UnixSocketAddress" when "type" is "unix"
       The members of "VsockSocketAddress" when "type" is "vsock"
       The members of "String" when "type" is "fd"

       Since: 2.9

   VM run state
       RunState (Enum)

       An enumeration of VM run states.

       Values:

       "debug"
           QEMU is running on a debugger

       "finish-migrate"
           guest is paused to finish the migration process

       "inmigrate"
           guest is paused waiting for an incoming migration.  Note that this state does not tell
           whether the machine will start at the end of the migration.  This depends on the
           command-line -S option and any invocation of 'stop' or 'cont' that has happened since
           QEMU was started.

       "internal-error"
           An internal error that prevents further guest execution has occurred

       "io-error"
           the last IOP has failed and the device is configured to pause on I/O errors

       "paused"
           guest has been paused via the 'stop' command

       "postmigrate"
           guest is paused following a successful 'migrate'

       "prelaunch"
           QEMU was started with -S and guest has not started

       "restore-vm"
           guest is paused to restore VM state

       "running"
           guest is actively running

       "save-vm"
           guest is paused to save the VM state

       "shutdown"
           guest is shut down (and -no-shutdown is in use)

       "suspended"
           guest is suspended (ACPI S3)

       "watchdog"
           the watchdog action is configured to pause and has been triggered

       "guest-panicked"
           guest has been panicked as a result of guest OS panic

       "colo"
           guest is paused to save/restore VM state under colo checkpoint, VM can not get into
           this state unless colo capability is enabled for migration. (since 2.8)

       "preconfig"
           QEMU is paused before board specific init callback is executed.  The state is
           reachable only if the --preconfig CLI option is used.  (Since 3.0)

       ShutdownCause (Enum)

       An enumeration of reasons for a Shutdown.

       Values:

       "none"
           No shutdown request pending

       "host-error"
           An error prevents further use of guest

       "host-qmp-quit"
           Reaction to the QMP command 'quit'

       "host-qmp-system-reset"
           Reaction to the QMP command 'system_reset'

       "host-signal"
           Reaction to a signal, such as SIGINT

       "host-ui"
           Reaction to a UI event, like window close

       "guest-shutdown"
           Guest shutdown/suspend request, via ACPI or other hardware-specific means

       "guest-reset"
           Guest reset request, and command line turns that into a shutdown

       "guest-panic"
           Guest panicked, and command line turns that into a shutdown

       "subsystem-reset"
           Partial guest reset that does not trigger QMP events and ignores --no-reboot. This is
           useful for sanitizing hypercalls on s390 that are used during kexec/kdump/boot

       StatusInfo (Object)

       Information about VCPU run state

       Members:

       "running: boolean"
           true if all VCPUs are runnable, false if not runnable

       "singlestep: boolean"
           true if VCPUs are in single-step mode

       "status: RunState"
           the virtual machine "RunState"

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: "singlestep" is enabled through the GDB stub

       query-status  (Command) Query the run status of all VCPUs

       Returns: "StatusInfo" reflecting all VCPUs

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-status" }
               <- { "return": { "running": true,
                                "singlestep": false,
                                "status": "running" } }

       SHUTDOWN  (Event) Emitted when the virtual machine has shut down, indicating that qemu is
       about to exit.

       Arguments:

       "guest: boolean"
           If true, the shutdown was triggered by a guest request (such as a guest-initiated ACPI
           shutdown request or other hardware-specific action) rather than a host request (such
           as sending qemu a SIGINT). (since 2.10)

       "reason: ShutdownCause"
           The "ShutdownCause" which resulted in the SHUTDOWN. (since 4.0)

       Note: If the command-line option "-no-shutdown" has been specified, qemu will not exit,
       and a STOP event will eventually follow the SHUTDOWN event

       Since: 0.12.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "SHUTDOWN", "data": { "guest": true },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267040730, "microseconds": 682951 } }

       POWERDOWN  (Event) Emitted when the virtual machine is powered down through the power
       control system, such as via ACPI.

       Since: 0.12.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "POWERDOWN",
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267040730, "microseconds": 682951 } }

       RESET  (Event) Emitted when the virtual machine is reset

       Arguments:

       "guest: boolean"
           If true, the reset was triggered by a guest request (such as a guest-initiated ACPI
           reboot request or other hardware-specific action) rather than a host request (such as
           the QMP command system_reset).  (since 2.10)

       "reason: ShutdownCause"
           The "ShutdownCause" of the RESET. (since 4.0)

       Since: 0.12.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "RESET", "data": { "guest": false },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267041653, "microseconds": 9518 } }

       STOP  (Event) Emitted when the virtual machine is stopped

       Since: 0.12.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "STOP",
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267041730, "microseconds": 281295 } }

       RESUME  (Event) Emitted when the virtual machine resumes execution

       Since: 0.12.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "RESUME",
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1271770767, "microseconds": 582542 } }

       SUSPEND  (Event) Emitted when guest enters a hardware suspension state, for example, S3
       state, which is sometimes called standby state

       Since: 1.1

       Example:

               <- { "event": "SUSPEND",
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344456160, "microseconds": 309119 } }

       SUSPEND_DISK  (Event) Emitted when guest enters a hardware suspension state with data
       saved on disk, for example, S4 state, which is sometimes called hibernate state

       Note: QEMU shuts down (similar to event "SHUTDOWN") when entering this state

       Since: 1.2

       Example:

               <-   { "event": "SUSPEND_DISK",
                      "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344456160, "microseconds": 309119 } }

       WAKEUP  (Event) Emitted when the guest has woken up from suspend state and is running

       Since: 1.1

       Example:

               <- { "event": "WAKEUP",
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344522075, "microseconds": 745528 } }

       WATCHDOG  (Event) Emitted when the watchdog device's timer is expired

       Arguments:

       "action: WatchdogAction"
           action that has been taken

       Note: If action is "reset", "shutdown", or "pause" the WATCHDOG event is followed
       respectively by the RESET, SHUTDOWN, or STOP events

       Note: This event is rate-limited.

       Since: 0.13.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "WATCHDOG",
                    "data": { "action": "reset" },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267061043, "microseconds": 959568 } }

       WatchdogAction (Enum)

       An enumeration of the actions taken when the watchdog device's timer is expired

       Values:

       "reset"
           system resets

       "shutdown"
           system shutdown, note that it is similar to "powerdown", which tries to set to system
           status and notify guest

       "poweroff"
           system poweroff, the emulator program exits

       "pause"
           system pauses, similar to "stop"

       "debug"
           system enters debug state

       "none"
           nothing is done

       "inject-nmi"
           a non-maskable interrupt is injected into the first VCPU (all VCPUS on x86) (since
           2.4)

       Since: 2.1

       watchdog-set-action  (Command) Set watchdog action

       Arguments:

       "action: WatchdogAction"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.11

       GUEST_PANICKED  (Event) Emitted when guest OS panic is detected

       Arguments:

       "action: GuestPanicAction"
           action that has been taken, currently always "pause"

       "info: GuestPanicInformation" (optional)
           information about a panic (since 2.9)

       Since: 1.5

       Example:

               <- { "event": "GUEST_PANICKED",
                    "data": { "action": "pause" } }

       GuestPanicAction (Enum)

       An enumeration of the actions taken when guest OS panic is detected

       Values:

       "pause"
           system pauses

       "poweroff"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.1 (poweroff since 2.8)

       GuestPanicInformationType (Enum)

       An enumeration of the guest panic information types

       Values:

       "hyper-v"
           hyper-v guest panic information type

       "s390"
           s390 guest panic information type (Since: 2.12)

       Since: 2.9

       GuestPanicInformation (Object)

       Information about a guest panic

       Members:

       "type: GuestPanicInformationType"
           Crash type that defines the hypervisor specific information

       The members of "GuestPanicInformationHyperV" when "type" is "hyper-v"
       The members of "GuestPanicInformationS390" when "type" is "s390"

       Since: 2.9

       GuestPanicInformationHyperV (Object)

       Hyper-V specific guest panic information (HV crash MSRs)

       Members:

       "arg1: int"
           Not documented

       "arg2: int"
           Not documented

       "arg3: int"
           Not documented

       "arg4: int"
           Not documented

       "arg5: int"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.9

       S390CrashReason (Enum)

       Reason why the CPU is in a crashed state.

       Values:

       "unknown"
           no crash reason was set

       "disabled-wait"
           the CPU has entered a disabled wait state

       "extint-loop"
           clock comparator or cpu timer interrupt with new PSW enabled for external interrupts

       "pgmint-loop"
           program interrupt with BAD new PSW

       "opint-loop"
           operation exception interrupt with invalid code at the program interrupt new PSW

       Since: 2.12

       GuestPanicInformationS390 (Object)

       S390 specific guest panic information (PSW)

       Members:

       "core: int"
           core id of the CPU that crashed

       "psw-mask: int"
           control fields of guest PSW

       "psw-addr: int"
           guest instruction address

       "reason: S390CrashReason"
           guest crash reason

       Since: 2.12

   Cryptography
       QCryptoTLSCredsEndpoint (Enum)

       The type of network endpoint that will be using the credentials.  Most types of credential
       require different setup / structures depending on whether they will be used in a server
       versus a client.

       Values:

       "client"
           the network endpoint is acting as the client

       "server"
           the network endpoint is acting as the server

       Since: 2.5

       QCryptoSecretFormat (Enum)

       The data format that the secret is provided in

       Values:

       "raw"
           raw bytes. When encoded in JSON only valid UTF-8 sequences can be used

       "base64"
           arbitrary base64 encoded binary data

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoHashAlgorithm (Enum)

       The supported algorithms for computing content digests

       Values:

       "md5"
           MD5. Should not be used in any new code, legacy compat only

       "sha1"
           SHA-1. Should not be used in any new code, legacy compat only

       "sha224"
           SHA-224. (since 2.7)

       "sha256"
           SHA-256. Current recommended strong hash.

       "sha384"
           SHA-384. (since 2.7)

       "sha512"
           SHA-512. (since 2.7)

       "ripemd160"
           RIPEMD-160. (since 2.7)

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoCipherAlgorithm (Enum)

       The supported algorithms for content encryption ciphers

       Values:

       "aes-128"
           AES with 128 bit / 16 byte keys

       "aes-192"
           AES with 192 bit / 24 byte keys

       "aes-256"
           AES with 256 bit / 32 byte keys

       "des-rfb"
           RFB specific variant of single DES. Do not use except in VNC.

       "3des"
           3DES(EDE) with 192 bit / 24 byte keys (since 2.9)

       "cast5-128"
           Cast5 with 128 bit / 16 byte keys

       "serpent-128"
           Serpent with 128 bit / 16 byte keys

       "serpent-192"
           Serpent with 192 bit / 24 byte keys

       "serpent-256"
           Serpent with 256 bit / 32 byte keys

       "twofish-128"
           Twofish with 128 bit / 16 byte keys

       "twofish-192"
           Twofish with 192 bit / 24 byte keys

       "twofish-256"
           Twofish with 256 bit / 32 byte keys

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoCipherMode (Enum)

       The supported modes for content encryption ciphers

       Values:

       "ecb"
           Electronic Code Book

       "cbc"
           Cipher Block Chaining

       "xts"
           XEX with tweaked code book and ciphertext stealing

       "ctr"
           Counter (Since 2.8)

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoIVGenAlgorithm (Enum)

       The supported algorithms for generating initialization vectors for full disk encryption.
       The 'plain' generator should not be used for disks with sector numbers larger than 2^32,
       except where compatibility with pre-existing Linux dm-crypt volumes is required.

       Values:

       "plain"
           64-bit sector number truncated to 32-bits

       "plain64"
           64-bit sector number

       "essiv"
           64-bit sector number encrypted with a hash of the encryption key

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoBlockFormat (Enum)

       The supported full disk encryption formats

       Values:

       "qcow"
           QCow/QCow2 built-in AES-CBC encryption. Use only for liberating data from old images.

       "luks"
           LUKS encryption format. Recommended for new images

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoBlockOptionsBase (Object)

       The common options that apply to all full disk encryption formats

       Members:

       "format: QCryptoBlockFormat"
           the encryption format

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow (Object)

       The options that apply to QCow/QCow2 AES-CBC encryption format

       Members:

       "key-secret: string" (optional)
           the ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the decryption key. Mandatory except when
           probing image for metadata only.

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoBlockOptionsLUKS (Object)

       The options that apply to LUKS encryption format

       Members:

       "key-secret: string" (optional)
           the ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the decryption key. Mandatory except when
           probing image for metadata only.

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoBlockCreateOptionsLUKS (Object)

       The options that apply to LUKS encryption format initialization

       Members:

       "cipher-alg: QCryptoCipherAlgorithm" (optional)
           the cipher algorithm for data encryption Currently defaults to 'aes-256'.

       "cipher-mode: QCryptoCipherMode" (optional)
           the cipher mode for data encryption Currently defaults to 'xts'

       "ivgen-alg: QCryptoIVGenAlgorithm" (optional)
           the initialization vector generator Currently defaults to 'plain64'

       "ivgen-hash-alg: QCryptoHashAlgorithm" (optional)
           the initialization vector generator hash Currently defaults to 'sha256'

       "hash-alg: QCryptoHashAlgorithm" (optional)
           the master key hash algorithm Currently defaults to 'sha256'

       "iter-time: int" (optional)
           number of milliseconds to spend in PBKDF passphrase processing. Currently defaults to
           2000. (since 2.8)

       The members of "QCryptoBlockOptionsLUKS"

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoBlockOpenOptions (Object)

       The options that are available for all encryption formats when opening an existing volume

       Members:

       The members of "QCryptoBlockOptionsBase"
       The members of "QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow" when "format" is "qcow"
       The members of "QCryptoBlockOptionsLUKS" when "format" is "luks"

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoBlockCreateOptions (Object)

       The options that are available for all encryption formats when initializing a new volume

       Members:

       The members of "QCryptoBlockOptionsBase"
       The members of "QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow" when "format" is "qcow"
       The members of "QCryptoBlockCreateOptionsLUKS" when "format" is "luks"

       Since: 2.6

       QCryptoBlockInfoBase (Object)

       The common information that applies to all full disk encryption formats

       Members:

       "format: QCryptoBlockFormat"
           the encryption format

       Since: 2.7

       QCryptoBlockInfoLUKSSlot (Object)

       Information about the LUKS block encryption key slot options

       Members:

       "active: boolean"
           whether the key slot is currently in use

       "key-offset: int"
           offset to the key material in bytes

       "iters: int" (optional)
           number of PBKDF2 iterations for key material

       "stripes: int" (optional)
           number of stripes for splitting key material

       Since: 2.7

       QCryptoBlockInfoLUKS (Object)

       Information about the LUKS block encryption options

       Members:

       "cipher-alg: QCryptoCipherAlgorithm"
           the cipher algorithm for data encryption

       "cipher-mode: QCryptoCipherMode"
           the cipher mode for data encryption

       "ivgen-alg: QCryptoIVGenAlgorithm"
           the initialization vector generator

       "ivgen-hash-alg: QCryptoHashAlgorithm" (optional)
           the initialization vector generator hash

       "hash-alg: QCryptoHashAlgorithm"
           the master key hash algorithm

       "payload-offset: int"
           offset to the payload data in bytes

       "master-key-iters: int"
           number of PBKDF2 iterations for key material

       "uuid: string"
           unique identifier for the volume

       "slots: array of QCryptoBlockInfoLUKSSlot"
           information about each key slot

       Since: 2.7

       QCryptoBlockInfo (Object)

       Information about the block encryption options

       Members:

       The members of "QCryptoBlockInfoBase"
       The members of "QCryptoBlockInfoLUKS" when "format" is "luks"

       Since: 2.7

   Block devices
       Block core (VM unrelated)

       Background jobs

       JobType (Enum)

       Type of a background job.

       Values:

       "commit"
           block commit job type, see "block-commit"

       "stream"
           block stream job type, see "block-stream"

       "mirror"
           drive mirror job type, see "drive-mirror"

       "backup"
           drive backup job type, see "drive-backup"

       "create"
           image creation job type, see "blockdev-create" (since 3.0)

       Since: 1.7

       JobStatus (Enum)

       Indicates the present state of a given job in its lifetime.

       Values:

       "undefined"
           Erroneous, default state. Should not ever be visible.

       "created"
           The job has been created, but not yet started.

       "running"
           The job is currently running.

       "paused"
           The job is running, but paused. The pause may be requested by either the QMP user or
           by internal processes.

       "ready"
           The job is running, but is ready for the user to signal completion.  This is used for
           long-running jobs like mirror that are designed to run indefinitely.

       "standby"
           The job is ready, but paused. This is nearly identical to "paused".  The job may
           return to "ready" or otherwise be canceled.

       "waiting"
           The job is waiting for other jobs in the transaction to converge to the waiting state.
           This status will likely not be visible for the last job in a transaction.

       "pending"
           The job has finished its work, but has finalization steps that it needs to make prior
           to completing. These changes will require manual intervention via "job-finalize" if
           auto-finalize was set to false. These pending changes may still fail.

       "aborting"
           The job is in the process of being aborted, and will finish with an error. The job
           will afterwards report that it is "concluded".  This status may not be visible to the
           management process.

       "concluded"
           The job has finished all work. If auto-dismiss was set to false, the job will remain
           in the query list until it is dismissed via "job-dismiss".

       "null"
           The job is in the process of being dismantled. This state should not ever be visible
           externally.

       Since: 2.12

       JobVerb (Enum)

       Represents command verbs that can be applied to a job.

       Values:

       "cancel"
           see "job-cancel"

       "pause"
           see "job-pause"

       "resume"
           see "job-resume"

       "set-speed"
           see "block-job-set-speed"

       "complete"
           see "job-complete"

       "dismiss"
           see "job-dismiss"

       "finalize"
           see "job-finalize"

       Since: 2.12

       JOB_STATUS_CHANGE  (Event) Emitted when a job transitions to a different status.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The job identifier

       "status: JobStatus"
           The new job status

       Since: 3.0

       job-pause  (Command) Pause an active job.

       This command returns immediately after marking the active job for pausing.  Pausing an
       already paused job is an error.

       The job will pause as soon as possible, which means transitioning into the PAUSED state if
       it was RUNNING, or into STANDBY if it was READY. The corresponding JOB_STATUS_CHANGE event
       will be emitted.

       Cancelling a paused job automatically resumes it.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The job identifier.

       Since: 3.0

       job-resume  (Command) Resume a paused job.

       This command returns immediately after resuming a paused job. Resuming an already running
       job is an error.

       "id" : The job identifier.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           Not documented

       Since: 3.0

       job-cancel  (Command) Instruct an active background job to cancel at the next opportunity.
       This command returns immediately after marking the active job for cancellation.

       The job will cancel as soon as possible and then emit a JOB_STATUS_CHANGE event. Usually,
       the status will change to ABORTING, but it is possible that a job successfully completes
       (e.g. because it was almost done and there was no opportunity to cancel earlier than
       completing the job) and transitions to PENDING instead.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The job identifier.

       Since: 3.0

       job-complete  (Command) Manually trigger completion of an active job in the READY state.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The job identifier.

       Since: 3.0

       job-dismiss  (Command) Deletes a job that is in the CONCLUDED state. This command only
       needs to be run explicitly for jobs that don't have automatic dismiss enabled.

       This command will refuse to operate on any job that has not yet reached its terminal
       state, JOB_STATUS_CONCLUDED. For jobs that make use of JOB_READY event, job-cancel or job-
       complete will still need to be used as appropriate.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The job identifier.

       Since: 3.0

       job-finalize  (Command) Instructs all jobs in a transaction (or a single job if it is not
       part of any transaction) to finalize any graph changes and do any necessary cleanup. This
       command requires that all involved jobs are in the PENDING state.

       For jobs in a transaction, instructing one job to finalize will force ALL jobs in the
       transaction to finalize, so it is only necessary to instruct a single member job to
       finalize.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The identifier of any job in the transaction, or of a job that is not part of any
           transaction.

       Since: 3.0

       JobInfo (Object)

       Information about a job.

       Members:

       "id: string"
           The job identifier

       "type: JobType"
           The kind of job that is being performed

       "status: JobStatus"
           Current job state/status

       "current-progress: int"
           Progress made until now. The unit is arbitrary and the value can only meaningfully be
           used for the ratio of "current-progress" to "total-progress". The value is
           monotonically increasing.

       "total-progress: int"
           Estimated "current-progress" value at the completion of the job. This value can
           arbitrarily change while the job is running, in both directions.

       "error: string" (optional)
           If this field is present, the job failed; if it is still missing in the CONCLUDED
           state, this indicates successful completion.

           The value is a human-readable error message to describe the reason for the job
           failure. It should not be parsed by applications.

       Since: 3.0

       query-jobs  (Command) Return information about jobs.

       Returns: a list with a "JobInfo" for each active job

       Since: 3.0

       SnapshotInfo (Object)

       Members:

       "id: string"
           unique snapshot id

       "name: string"
           user chosen name

       "vm-state-size: int"
           size of the VM state

       "date-sec: int"
           UTC date of the snapshot in seconds

       "date-nsec: int"
           fractional part in nano seconds to be used with date-sec

       "vm-clock-sec: int"
           VM clock relative to boot in seconds

       "vm-clock-nsec: int"
           fractional part in nano seconds to be used with vm-clock-sec

       Since: 1.3

       ImageInfoSpecificQCow2EncryptionBase (Object)

       Members:

       "format: BlockdevQcow2EncryptionFormat"
           The encryption format

       Since: 2.10

       ImageInfoSpecificQCow2Encryption (Object)

       Members:

       The members of "ImageInfoSpecificQCow2EncryptionBase"
       The members of "QCryptoBlockInfoLUKS" when "format" is "luks"

       Since: 2.10

       ImageInfoSpecificQCow2 (Object)

       Members:

       "compat: string"
           compatibility level

       "data-file: string" (optional)
           the filename of the external data file that is stored in the image and used as a
           default for opening the image (since: 4.0)

       "data-file-raw: boolean" (optional)
           True if the external data file must stay valid as a standalone (read-only) raw image
           without looking at qcow2 metadata (since: 4.0)

       "lazy-refcounts: boolean" (optional)
           on or off; only valid for compat >= 1.1

       "corrupt: boolean" (optional)
           true if the image has been marked corrupt; only valid for compat >= 1.1 (since 2.2)

       "refcount-bits: int"
           width of a refcount entry in bits (since 2.3)

       "encrypt: ImageInfoSpecificQCow2Encryption" (optional)
           details about encryption parameters; only set if image is encrypted (since 2.10)

       "bitmaps: array of Qcow2BitmapInfo" (optional)
           A list of qcow2 bitmap details (since 4.0)

       Since: 1.7

       ImageInfoSpecificVmdk (Object)

       Members:

       "create-type: string"
           The create type of VMDK image

       "cid: int"
           Content id of image

       "parent-cid: int"
           Parent VMDK image's cid

       "extents: array of ImageInfo"
           List of extent files

       Since: 1.7

       ImageInfoSpecific (Object)

       A discriminated record of image format specific information structures.

       Members:

       "type"
           One of "qcow2", "vmdk", "luks"

       "data: ImageInfoSpecificQCow2" when "type" is "qcow2"
       "data: ImageInfoSpecificVmdk" when "type" is "vmdk"
       "data: QCryptoBlockInfoLUKS" when "type" is "luks"

       Since: 1.7

       ImageInfo (Object)

       Information about a QEMU image file

       Members:

       "filename: string"
           name of the image file

       "format: string"
           format of the image file

       "virtual-size: int"
           maximum capacity in bytes of the image

       "actual-size: int" (optional)
           actual size on disk in bytes of the image

       "dirty-flag: boolean" (optional)
           true if image is not cleanly closed

       "cluster-size: int" (optional)
           size of a cluster in bytes

       "encrypted: boolean" (optional)
           true if the image is encrypted

       "compressed: boolean" (optional)
           true if the image is compressed (Since 1.7)

       "backing-filename: string" (optional)
           name of the backing file

       "full-backing-filename: string" (optional)
           full path of the backing file

       "backing-filename-format: string" (optional)
           the format of the backing file

       "snapshots: array of SnapshotInfo" (optional)
           list of VM snapshots

       "backing-image: ImageInfo" (optional)
           info of the backing image (since 1.6)

       "format-specific: ImageInfoSpecific" (optional)
           structure supplying additional format-specific information (since 1.7)

       Since: 1.3

       ImageCheck (Object)

       Information about a QEMU image file check

       Members:

       "filename: string"
           name of the image file checked

       "format: string"
           format of the image file checked

       "check-errors: int"
           number of unexpected errors occurred during check

       "image-end-offset: int" (optional)
           offset (in bytes) where the image ends, this field is present if the driver for the
           image format supports it

       "corruptions: int" (optional)
           number of corruptions found during the check if any

       "leaks: int" (optional)
           number of leaks found during the check if any

       "corruptions-fixed: int" (optional)
           number of corruptions fixed during the check if any

       "leaks-fixed: int" (optional)
           number of leaks fixed during the check if any

       "total-clusters: int" (optional)
           total number of clusters, this field is present if the driver for the image format
           supports it

       "allocated-clusters: int" (optional)
           total number of allocated clusters, this field is present if the driver for the image
           format supports it

       "fragmented-clusters: int" (optional)
           total number of fragmented clusters, this field is present if the driver for the image
           format supports it

       "compressed-clusters: int" (optional)
           total number of compressed clusters, this field is present if the driver for the image
           format supports it

       Since: 1.4

       MapEntry (Object)

       Mapping information from a virtual block range to a host file range

       Members:

       "start: int"
           the start byte of the mapped virtual range

       "length: int"
           the number of bytes of the mapped virtual range

       "data: boolean"
           whether the mapped range has data

       "zero: boolean"
           whether the virtual blocks are zeroed

       "depth: int"
           the depth of the mapping

       "offset: int" (optional)
           the offset in file that the virtual sectors are mapped to

       "filename: string" (optional)
           filename that is referred to by "offset"

       Since: 2.6

       BlockdevCacheInfo (Object)

       Cache mode information for a block device

       Members:

       "writeback: boolean"
           true if writeback mode is enabled

       "direct: boolean"
           true if the host page cache is bypassed (O_DIRECT)

       "no-flush: boolean"
           true if flush requests are ignored for the device

       Since: 2.3

       BlockDeviceInfo (Object)

       Information about the backing device for a block device.

       Members:

       "file: string"
           the filename of the backing device

       "node-name: string" (optional)
           the name of the block driver node (Since 2.0)

       "ro: boolean"
           true if the backing device was open read-only

       "drv: string"
           the name of the block format used to open the backing device. As of 0.14.0 this can
           be: 'blkdebug', 'bochs', 'cloop', 'cow', 'dmg', 'file', 'file', 'ftp', 'ftps',
           'host_cdrom', 'host_device', 'http', 'https', 'luks', 'nbd', 'parallels', 'qcow',
           'qcow2', 'raw', 'vdi', 'vmdk', 'vpc', 'vvfat' 2.2: 'archipelago' added, 'cow' dropped
           2.3: 'host_floppy' deprecated 2.5: 'host_floppy' dropped 2.6: 'luks' added 2.8:
           'replication' added, 'tftp' dropped 2.9: 'archipelago' dropped

       "backing_file: string" (optional)
           the name of the backing file (for copy-on-write)

       "backing_file_depth: int"
           number of files in the backing file chain (since: 1.2)

       "encrypted: boolean"
           true if the backing device is encrypted

       "encryption_key_missing: boolean"
           Deprecated; always false

       "detect_zeroes: BlockdevDetectZeroesOptions"
           detect and optimize zero writes (Since 2.1)

       "bps: int"
           total throughput limit in bytes per second is specified

       "bps_rd: int"
           read throughput limit in bytes per second is specified

       "bps_wr: int"
           write throughput limit in bytes per second is specified

       "iops: int"
           total I/O operations per second is specified

       "iops_rd: int"
           read I/O operations per second is specified

       "iops_wr: int"
           write I/O operations per second is specified

       "image: ImageInfo"
           the info of image used (since: 1.6)

       "bps_max: int" (optional)
           total throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "bps_rd_max: int" (optional)
           read throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "bps_wr_max: int" (optional)
           write throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "iops_max: int" (optional)
           total I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "iops_rd_max: int" (optional)
           read I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "iops_wr_max: int" (optional)
           write I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "bps_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "bps_max" burst period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)

       "bps_rd_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "bps_rd_max" burst period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)

       "bps_wr_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "bps_wr_max" burst period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)

       "iops_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "iops" burst period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)

       "iops_rd_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "iops_rd_max" burst period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)

       "iops_wr_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "iops_wr_max" burst period, in seconds. (Since 2.6)

       "iops_size: int" (optional)
           an I/O size in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "group: string" (optional)
           throttle group name (Since 2.4)

       "cache: BlockdevCacheInfo"
           the cache mode used for the block device (since: 2.3)

       "write_threshold: int"
           configured write threshold for the device.  0 if disabled. (Since 2.3)

       Since: 0.14.0

       BlockDeviceIoStatus (Enum)

       An enumeration of block device I/O status.

       Values:

       "ok"
           The last I/O operation has succeeded

       "failed"
           The last I/O operation has failed

       "nospace"
           The last I/O operation has failed due to a no-space condition

       Since: 1.0

       BlockDeviceMapEntry (Object)

       Entry in the metadata map of the device (returned by "qemu-img map")

       Members:

       "start: int"
           Offset in the image of the first byte described by this entry (in bytes)

       "length: int"
           Length of the range described by this entry (in bytes)

       "depth: int"
           Number of layers (0 = top image, 1 = top image's backing file, etc.)  before reaching
           one for which the range is allocated.  The value is in the range 0 to the depth of the
           image chain - 1.

       "zero: boolean"
           the sectors in this range read as zeros

       "data: boolean"
           reading the image will actually read data from a file (in particular, if "offset" is
           present this means that the sectors are not simply preallocated, but contain actual
           data in raw format)

       "offset: int" (optional)
           if present, the image file stores the data for this range in raw format at the given
           offset.

       Since: 1.7

       DirtyBitmapStatus (Enum)

       An enumeration of possible states that a dirty bitmap can report to the user.

       Values:

       "frozen"
           The bitmap is currently in-use by some operation and is immutable.  If the bitmap was
           "active" prior to the operation, new writes by the guest are being recorded in a
           temporary buffer, and will not be lost.  Generally, bitmaps are cleared on successful
           use in an operation and the temporary buffer is committed into the bitmap. On failure,
           the temporary buffer is merged back into the bitmap without first clearing it.  Please
           refer to the documentation for each bitmap-using operation, See also
           "blockdev-backup", "drive-backup".

       "disabled"
           The bitmap is not currently recording new writes by the guest.  This is requested
           explicitly via "block-dirty-bitmap-disable".  It can still be cleared, deleted, or
           used for backup operations.

       "active"
           The bitmap is actively monitoring for new writes, and can be cleared, deleted, or used
           for backup operations.

       "locked"
           The bitmap is currently in-use by some operation and is immutable.  If the bitmap was
           "active" prior to the operation, it is still recording new writes. If the bitmap was
           "disabled", it is not recording new writes. (Since 2.12)

       "inconsistent"
           This is a persistent dirty bitmap that was marked in-use on disk, and is unusable by
           QEMU. It can only be deleted.  Please rely on the inconsistent field in
           "BlockDirtyInfo" instead, as the status field is deprecated. (Since 4.0)

       Since: 2.4

       BlockDirtyInfo (Object)

       Block dirty bitmap information.

       Members:

       "name: string" (optional)
           the name of the dirty bitmap (Since 2.4)

       "count: int"
           number of dirty bytes according to the dirty bitmap

       "granularity: int"
           granularity of the dirty bitmap in bytes (since 1.4)

       "status: DirtyBitmapStatus"
           Deprecated in favor of "recording" and "locked". (since 2.4)

       "recording: boolean"
           true if the bitmap is recording new writes from the guest.  Replaces `active` and
           `disabled` statuses. (since 4.0)

       "busy: boolean"
           true if the bitmap is in-use by some operation (NBD or jobs) and cannot be modified
           via QMP or used by another operation.  Replaces `locked` and `frozen` statuses. (since
           4.0)

       "persistent: boolean"
           true if the bitmap was stored on disk, is scheduled to be stored on disk, or both.
           (since 4.0)

       "inconsistent: boolean" (optional)
           true if this is a persistent bitmap that was improperly stored. Implies "persistent"
           to be true; "recording" and "busy" to be false. This bitmap cannot be used. To remove
           it, use "block-dirty-bitmap-remove". (Since 4.0)

       Since: 1.3

       Qcow2BitmapInfoFlags (Enum)

       An enumeration of flags that a bitmap can report to the user.

       Values:

       "in-use"
           This flag is set by any process actively modifying the qcow2 file, and cleared when
           the updated bitmap is flushed to the qcow2 image.  The presence of this flag in an
           offline image means that the bitmap was not saved correctly after its last usage, and
           may contain inconsistent data.

       "auto"
           The bitmap must reflect all changes of the virtual disk by any application that would
           write to this qcow2 file.

       Since: 4.0

       Qcow2BitmapInfo (Object)

       Qcow2 bitmap information.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           the name of the bitmap

       "granularity: int"
           granularity of the bitmap in bytes

       "flags: array of Qcow2BitmapInfoFlags"
           flags of the bitmap

       Since: 4.0

       BlockLatencyHistogramInfo (Object)

       Block latency histogram.

       Members:

       "boundaries: array of int"
           list of interval boundary values in nanoseconds, all greater than zero and in
           ascending order.  For example, the list [10, 50, 100] produces the following histogram
           intervals: [0, 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf).

       "bins: array of int"
           list of io request counts corresponding to histogram intervals.  len("bins") =
           len("boundaries") + 1 For the example above, "bins" may be something like [3, 1, 5,
           2], and corresponding histogram looks like:

           5|           * 4|           * 3| 2|              * 1| +------------------ 10   50
           100

       Since: 4.0

       block-latency-histogram-set  (Command) Manage read, write and flush latency histograms for
       the device.

       If only "id" parameter is specified, remove all present latency histograms for the device.
       Otherwise, add/reset some of (or all) latency histograms.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The name or QOM path of the guest device.

       "boundaries: array of int" (optional)
           list of interval boundary values (see description in BlockLatencyHistogramInfo
           definition). If specified, all latency histograms are removed, and empty ones created
           for all io types with intervals corresponding to "boundaries" (except for io types,
           for which specific boundaries are set through the following parameters).

       "boundaries-read: array of int" (optional)
           list of interval boundary values for read latency histogram. If specified, old read
           latency histogram is removed, and empty one created with intervals corresponding to
           "boundaries-read". The parameter has higher priority then "boundaries".

       "boundaries-write: array of int" (optional)
           list of interval boundary values for write latency histogram.

       "boundaries-flush: array of int" (optional)
           list of interval boundary values for flush latency histogram.

       Returns: error if device is not found or any boundary arrays are invalid.

       Since: 4.0

       Example:

               set new histograms for all io types with intervals
               [0, 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf):

               -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set",
                    "arguments": { "id": "drive0",
                                   "boundaries": [10, 50, 100] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Example:

               set new histogram only for write, other histograms will remain
               not changed (or not created):

               -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set",
                    "arguments": { "id": "drive0",
                                   "boundaries-write": [10, 50, 100] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Example:

               set new histograms with the following intervals:
                 read, flush: [0, 10), [10, 50), [50, 100), [100, +inf)
                 write: [0, 1000), [1000, 5000), [5000, +inf)

               -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set",
                    "arguments": { "id": "drive0",
                                   "boundaries": [10, 50, 100],
                                   "boundaries-write": [1000, 5000] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Example:

               remove all latency histograms:

               -> { "execute": "block-latency-histogram-set",
                    "arguments": { "id": "drive0" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       BlockInfo (Object)

       Block device information.  This structure describes a virtual device and the backing
       device associated with it.

       Members:

       "device: string"
           The device name associated with the virtual device.

       "qdev: string" (optional)
           The qdev ID, or if no ID is assigned, the QOM path of the block device. (since 2.10)

       "type: string"
           This field is returned only for compatibility reasons, it should not be used (always
           returns 'unknown')

       "removable: boolean"
           True if the device supports removable media.

       "locked: boolean"
           True if the guest has locked this device from having its media removed

       "tray_open: boolean" (optional)
           True if the device's tray is open (only present if it has a tray)

       "dirty-bitmaps: array of BlockDirtyInfo" (optional)
           dirty bitmaps information (only present if the driver has one or more dirty bitmaps)
           (Since 2.0)

       "io-status: BlockDeviceIoStatus" (optional)
           "BlockDeviceIoStatus". Only present if the device supports it and the VM is configured
           to stop on errors (supported device models: virtio-blk, IDE, SCSI except scsi-generic)

       "inserted: BlockDeviceInfo" (optional)
           "BlockDeviceInfo" describing the device if media is present

       Since: 0.14.0

       BlockMeasureInfo (Object)

       Image file size calculation information.  This structure describes the size requirements
       for creating a new image file.

       The size requirements depend on the new image file format.  File size always equals
       virtual disk size for the 'raw' format, even for sparse POSIX files.  Compact formats such
       as 'qcow2' represent unallocated and zero regions efficiently so file size may be smaller
       than virtual disk size.

       The values are upper bounds that are guaranteed to fit the new image file.  Subsequent
       modification, such as internal snapshot or bitmap creation, may require additional space
       and is not covered here.

       Members:

       "required: int"
           Size required for a new image file, in bytes.

       "fully-allocated: int"
           Image file size, in bytes, once data has been written to all sectors.

       Since: 2.10

       query-block  (Command) Get a list of BlockInfo for all virtual block devices.

       Returns: a list of "BlockInfo" describing each virtual block device. Filter nodes that
       were created implicitly are skipped over.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-block" }
               <- {
                     "return":[
                        {
                           "io-status": "ok",
                           "device":"ide0-hd0",
                           "locked":false,
                           "removable":false,
                           "inserted":{
                              "ro":false,
                              "drv":"qcow2",
                              "encrypted":false,
                              "file":"disks/test.qcow2",
                              "backing_file_depth":1,
                              "bps":1000000,
                              "bps_rd":0,
                              "bps_wr":0,
                              "iops":1000000,
                              "iops_rd":0,
                              "iops_wr":0,
                              "bps_max": 8000000,
                              "bps_rd_max": 0,
                              "bps_wr_max": 0,
                              "iops_max": 0,
                              "iops_rd_max": 0,
                              "iops_wr_max": 0,
                              "iops_size": 0,
                              "detect_zeroes": "on",
                              "write_threshold": 0,
                              "image":{
                                 "filename":"disks/test.qcow2",
                                 "format":"qcow2",
                                 "virtual-size":2048000,
                                 "backing_file":"base.qcow2",
                                 "full-backing-filename":"disks/base.qcow2",
                                 "backing-filename-format":"qcow2",
                                 "snapshots":[
                                    {
                                       "id": "1",
                                       "name": "snapshot1",
                                       "vm-state-size": 0,
                                       "date-sec": 10000200,
                                       "date-nsec": 12,
                                       "vm-clock-sec": 206,
                                       "vm-clock-nsec": 30
                                    }
                                 ],
                                 "backing-image":{
                                     "filename":"disks/base.qcow2",
                                     "format":"qcow2",
                                     "virtual-size":2048000
                                 }
                              }
                           },
                           "qdev": "ide_disk",
                           "type":"unknown"
                        },
                        {
                           "io-status": "ok",
                           "device":"ide1-cd0",
                           "locked":false,
                           "removable":true,
                           "qdev": "/machine/unattached/device[23]",
                           "tray_open": false,
                           "type":"unknown"
                        },
                        {
                           "device":"floppy0",
                           "locked":false,
                           "removable":true,
                           "qdev": "/machine/unattached/device[20]",
                           "type":"unknown"
                        },
                        {
                           "device":"sd0",
                           "locked":false,
                           "removable":true,
                           "type":"unknown"
                        }
                     ]
                  }

       BlockDeviceTimedStats (Object)

       Statistics of a block device during a given interval of time.

       Members:

       "interval_length: int"
           Interval used for calculating the statistics, in seconds.

       "min_rd_latency_ns: int"
           Minimum latency of read operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.

       "min_wr_latency_ns: int"
           Minimum latency of write operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.

       "min_flush_latency_ns: int"
           Minimum latency of flush operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.

       "max_rd_latency_ns: int"
           Maximum latency of read operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.

       "max_wr_latency_ns: int"
           Maximum latency of write operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.

       "max_flush_latency_ns: int"
           Maximum latency of flush operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.

       "avg_rd_latency_ns: int"
           Average latency of read operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.

       "avg_wr_latency_ns: int"
           Average latency of write operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.

       "avg_flush_latency_ns: int"
           Average latency of flush operations in the defined interval, in nanoseconds.

       "avg_rd_queue_depth: number"
           Average number of pending read operations in the defined interval.

       "avg_wr_queue_depth: number"
           Average number of pending write operations in the defined interval.

       Since: 2.5

       BlockDeviceStats (Object)

       Statistics of a virtual block device or a block backing device.

       Members:

       "rd_bytes: int"
           The number of bytes read by the device.

       "wr_bytes: int"
           The number of bytes written by the device.

       "rd_operations: int"
           The number of read operations performed by the device.

       "wr_operations: int"
           The number of write operations performed by the device.

       "flush_operations: int"
           The number of cache flush operations performed by the device (since 0.15.0)

       "flush_total_time_ns: int"
           Total time spend on cache flushes in nano-seconds (since 0.15.0).

       "wr_total_time_ns: int"
           Total time spend on writes in nano-seconds (since 0.15.0).

       "rd_total_time_ns: int"
           Total_time_spend on reads in nano-seconds (since 0.15.0).

       "wr_highest_offset: int"
           The offset after the greatest byte written to the device.  The intended use of this
           information is for growable sparse files (like qcow2) that are used on top of a
           physical device.

       "rd_merged: int"
           Number of read requests that have been merged into another request (Since 2.3).

       "wr_merged: int"
           Number of write requests that have been merged into another request (Since 2.3).

       "idle_time_ns: int" (optional)
           Time since the last I/O operation, in nanoseconds. If the field is absent it means
           that there haven't been any operations yet (Since 2.5).

       "failed_rd_operations: int"
           The number of failed read operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)

       "failed_wr_operations: int"
           The number of failed write operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)

       "failed_flush_operations: int"
           The number of failed flush operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)

       "invalid_rd_operations: int"
           The number of invalid read operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)

       "invalid_wr_operations: int"
           The number of invalid write operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)

       "invalid_flush_operations: int"
           The number of invalid flush operations performed by the device (Since 2.5)

       "account_invalid: boolean"
           Whether invalid operations are included in the last access statistics (Since 2.5)

       "account_failed: boolean"
           Whether failed operations are included in the latency and last access statistics
           (Since 2.5)

       "timed_stats: array of BlockDeviceTimedStats"
           Statistics specific to the set of previously defined intervals of time (Since 2.5)

       "rd_latency_histogram: BlockLatencyHistogramInfo" (optional)
           "BlockLatencyHistogramInfo". (Since 4.0)

       "wr_latency_histogram: BlockLatencyHistogramInfo" (optional)
           "BlockLatencyHistogramInfo". (Since 4.0)

       "flush_latency_histogram: BlockLatencyHistogramInfo" (optional)
           "BlockLatencyHistogramInfo". (Since 4.0)

       Since: 0.14.0

       BlockStats (Object)

       Statistics of a virtual block device or a block backing device.

       Members:

       "device: string" (optional)
           If the stats are for a virtual block device, the name corresponding to the virtual
           block device.

       "node-name: string" (optional)
           The node name of the device. (Since 2.3)

       "qdev: string" (optional)
           The qdev ID, or if no ID is assigned, the QOM path of the block device. (since 3.0)

       "stats: BlockDeviceStats"
           A "BlockDeviceStats" for the device.

       "parent: BlockStats" (optional)
           This describes the file block device if it has one.  Contains recursively the
           statistics of the underlying protocol (e.g. the host file for a qcow2 image). If there
           is no underlying protocol, this field is omitted

       "backing: BlockStats" (optional)
           This describes the backing block device if it has one.  (Since 2.0)

       Since: 0.14.0

       query-blockstats  (Command) Query the "BlockStats" for all virtual block devices.

       Arguments:

       "query-nodes: boolean" (optional)
           If true, the command will query all the block nodes that have a node name, in a list
           which will include "parent" information, but not "backing".  If false or omitted, the
           behavior is as before - query all the device backends, recursively including their
           "parent" and "backing". Filter nodes that were created implicitly are skipped over in
           this mode. (Since 2.3)

       Returns: A list of "BlockStats" for each virtual block devices.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-blockstats" }
               <- {
                     "return":[
                        {
                           "device":"ide0-hd0",
                           "parent":{
                              "stats":{
                                 "wr_highest_offset":3686448128,
                                 "wr_bytes":9786368,
                                 "wr_operations":751,
                                 "rd_bytes":122567168,
                                 "rd_operations":36772
                                 "wr_total_times_ns":313253456
                                 "rd_total_times_ns":3465673657
                                 "flush_total_times_ns":49653
                                 "flush_operations":61,
                                 "rd_merged":0,
                                 "wr_merged":0,
                                 "idle_time_ns":2953431879,
                                 "account_invalid":true,
                                 "account_failed":false
                              }
                           },
                           "stats":{
                              "wr_highest_offset":2821110784,
                              "wr_bytes":9786368,
                              "wr_operations":692,
                              "rd_bytes":122739200,
                              "rd_operations":36604
                              "flush_operations":51,
                              "wr_total_times_ns":313253456
                              "rd_total_times_ns":3465673657
                              "flush_total_times_ns":49653,
                              "rd_merged":0,
                              "wr_merged":0,
                              "idle_time_ns":2953431879,
                              "account_invalid":true,
                              "account_failed":false
                           },
                           "qdev": "/machine/unattached/device[23]"
                        },
                        {
                           "device":"ide1-cd0",
                           "stats":{
                              "wr_highest_offset":0,
                              "wr_bytes":0,
                              "wr_operations":0,
                              "rd_bytes":0,
                              "rd_operations":0
                              "flush_operations":0,
                              "wr_total_times_ns":0
                              "rd_total_times_ns":0
                              "flush_total_times_ns":0,
                              "rd_merged":0,
                              "wr_merged":0,
                              "account_invalid":false,
                              "account_failed":false
                           },
                           "qdev": "/machine/unattached/device[24]"
                        },
                        {
                           "device":"floppy0",
                           "stats":{
                              "wr_highest_offset":0,
                              "wr_bytes":0,
                              "wr_operations":0,
                              "rd_bytes":0,
                              "rd_operations":0
                              "flush_operations":0,
                              "wr_total_times_ns":0
                              "rd_total_times_ns":0
                              "flush_total_times_ns":0,
                              "rd_merged":0,
                              "wr_merged":0,
                              "account_invalid":false,
                              "account_failed":false
                           },
                           "qdev": "/machine/unattached/device[16]"
                        },
                        {
                           "device":"sd0",
                           "stats":{
                              "wr_highest_offset":0,
                              "wr_bytes":0,
                              "wr_operations":0,
                              "rd_bytes":0,
                              "rd_operations":0
                              "flush_operations":0,
                              "wr_total_times_ns":0
                              "rd_total_times_ns":0
                              "flush_total_times_ns":0,
                              "rd_merged":0,
                              "wr_merged":0,
                              "account_invalid":false,
                              "account_failed":false
                           }
                        }
                     ]
                  }

       BlockdevOnError (Enum)

       An enumeration of possible behaviors for errors on I/O operations.  The exact meaning
       depends on whether the I/O was initiated by a guest or by a block job

       Values:

       "report"
           for guest operations, report the error to the guest; for jobs, cancel the job

       "ignore"
           ignore the error, only report a QMP event (BLOCK_IO_ERROR or BLOCK_JOB_ERROR)

       "enospc"
           same as "stop" on ENOSPC, same as "report" otherwise.

       "stop"
           for guest operations, stop the virtual machine; for jobs, pause the job

       "auto"
           inherit the error handling policy of the backend (since: 2.7)

       Since: 1.3

       MirrorSyncMode (Enum)

       An enumeration of possible behaviors for the initial synchronization phase of storage
       mirroring.

       Values:

       "top"
           copies data in the topmost image to the destination

       "full"
           copies data from all images to the destination

       "none"
           only copy data written from now on

       "incremental"
           only copy data described by the dirty bitmap. Since: 2.4

       Since: 1.3

       MirrorCopyMode (Enum)

       An enumeration whose values tell the mirror block job when to trigger writes to the
       target.

       Values:

       "background"
           copy data in background only.

       "write-blocking"
           when data is written to the source, write it (synchronously) to the target as well.
           In addition, data is copied in background just like in "background" mode.

       Since: 3.0

       BlockJobInfo (Object)

       Information about a long-running block device operation.

       Members:

       "type: string"
           the job type ('stream' for image streaming)

       "device: string"
           The job identifier. Originally the device name but other values are allowed since QEMU
           2.7

       "len: int"
           Estimated "offset" value at the completion of the job. This value can arbitrarily
           change while the job is running, in both directions.

       "offset: int"
           Progress made until now. The unit is arbitrary and the value can only meaningfully be
           used for the ratio of "offset" to "len". The value is monotonically increasing.

       "busy: boolean"
           false if the job is known to be in a quiescent state, with no pending I/O.  Since 1.3.

       "paused: boolean"
           whether the job is paused or, if "busy" is true, will pause itself as soon as
           possible.  Since 1.3.

       "speed: int"
           the rate limit, bytes per second

       "io-status: BlockDeviceIoStatus"
           the status of the job (since 1.3)

       "ready: boolean"
           true if the job may be completed (since 2.2)

       "status: JobStatus"
           Current job state/status (since 2.12)

       "auto-finalize: boolean"
           Job will finalize itself when PENDING, moving to the CONCLUDED state. (since 2.12)

       "auto-dismiss: boolean"
           Job will dismiss itself when CONCLUDED, moving to the NULL state and disappearing from
           the query list. (since 2.12)

       "error: string" (optional)
           Error information if the job did not complete successfully.  Not set if the job
           completed successfully. (since 2.12.1)

       Since: 1.1

       query-block-jobs  (Command) Return information about long-running block device operations.

       Returns: a list of "BlockJobInfo" for each active block job

       Since: 1.1

       block_passwd  (Command) This command sets the password of a block device that has not been
       open with a password and requires one.

       This command is now obsolete and will always return an error since 2.10

       Arguments:

       "device: string" (optional)
           Not documented

       "node-name: string" (optional)
           Not documented

       "password: string"
           Not documented

       block_resize  (Command) Resize a block image while a guest is running.

       Either "device" or "node-name" must be set but not both.

       Arguments:

       "device: string" (optional)
           the name of the device to get the image resized

       "node-name: string" (optional)
           graph node name to get the image resized (Since 2.0)

       "size: int"
           new image size in bytes

       Returns: nothing on success If "device" is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block_resize",
                    "arguments": { "device": "scratch", "size": 1073741824 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       NewImageMode (Enum)

       An enumeration that tells QEMU how to set the backing file path in a new image file.

       Values:

       "existing"
           QEMU should look for an existing image file.

       "absolute-paths"
           QEMU should create a new image with absolute paths for the backing file. If there is
           no backing file available, the new image will not be backed either.

       Since: 1.1

       BlockdevSnapshotSync (Object)

       Either "device" or "node-name" must be set but not both.

       Members:

       "device: string" (optional)
           the name of the device to generate the snapshot from.

       "node-name: string" (optional)
           graph node name to generate the snapshot from (Since 2.0)

       "snapshot-file: string"
           the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it is a device, the snapshot
           will be created in the existing file/device. Otherwise, a new file will be created.

       "snapshot-node-name: string" (optional)
           the graph node name of the new image (Since 2.0)

       "format: string" (optional)
           the format of the snapshot image, default is 'qcow2'.

       "mode: NewImageMode" (optional)
           whether and how QEMU should create a new image, default is 'absolute-paths'.

       BlockdevSnapshot (Object)

       Members:

       "node: string"
           device or node name that will have a snapshot created.

       "overlay: string"
           reference to the existing block device that will become the overlay of "node", as part
           of creating the snapshot.  It must not have a current backing file (this can be
           achieved by passing "backing": null to blockdev-add).

       Since: 2.5

       DriveBackup (Object)

       Members:

       "job-id: string" (optional)
           identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used.
           (Since 2.7)

       "device: string"
           the device name or node-name of a root node which should be copied.

       "target: string"
           the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it is a device, the existing
           file/device will be used as the new destination.  If it does not exist, a new file
           will be created.

       "format: string" (optional)
           the format of the new destination, default is to probe if "mode" is 'existing', else
           the format of the source

       "sync: MirrorSyncMode"
           what parts of the disk image should be copied to the destination (all the disk, only
           the sectors allocated in the topmost image, from a dirty bitmap, or only new I/O).

       "mode: NewImageMode" (optional)
           whether and how QEMU should create a new image, default is 'absolute-paths'.

       "speed: int" (optional)
           the maximum speed, in bytes per second

       "bitmap: string" (optional)
           the name of dirty bitmap if sync is "incremental".  Must be present if sync is
           "incremental", must NOT be present otherwise. (Since 2.4)

       "compress: boolean" (optional)
           true to compress data, if the target format supports it.  (default: false) (since 2.8)

       "on-source-error: BlockdevOnError" (optional)
           the action to take on an error on the source, default 'report'.  'stop' and 'enospc'
           can only be used if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo).

       "on-target-error: BlockdevOnError" (optional)
           the action to take on an error on the target, default 'report' (no limitations, since
           this applies to a different block device than "device").

       "auto-finalize: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work,
           waiting for "block-job-finalize" before making any block graph changes.  When true,
           this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions.  Defaults to true.
           (Since 2.12)

       "auto-dismiss: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all
           work, and awaits "block-job-dismiss".  When true, this job will automatically
           disappear from the query list without user intervention.  Defaults to true. (Since
           2.12)

       Note: "on-source-error" and "on-target-error" only affect background I/O.  If an error
       occurs during a guest write request, the device's rerror/werror actions will be used.

       Since: 1.6

       BlockdevBackup (Object)

       Members:

       "job-id: string" (optional)
           identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used.
           (Since 2.7)

       "device: string"
           the device name or node-name of a root node which should be copied.

       "target: string"
           the device name or node-name of the backup target node.

       "sync: MirrorSyncMode"
           what parts of the disk image should be copied to the destination (all the disk, only
           the sectors allocated in the topmost image, or only new I/O).

       "speed: int" (optional)
           the maximum speed, in bytes per second. The default is 0, for unlimited.

       "bitmap: string" (optional)
           the name of dirty bitmap if sync is "incremental".  Must be present if sync is
           "incremental", must NOT be present otherwise. (Since 3.1)

       "compress: boolean" (optional)
           true to compress data, if the target format supports it.  (default: false) (since 2.8)

       "on-source-error: BlockdevOnError" (optional)
           the action to take on an error on the source, default 'report'.  'stop' and 'enospc'
           can only be used if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo).

       "on-target-error: BlockdevOnError" (optional)
           the action to take on an error on the target, default 'report' (no limitations, since
           this applies to a different block device than "device").

       "auto-finalize: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work,
           waiting for "block-job-finalize" before making any block graph changes.  When true,
           this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions.  Defaults to true.
           (Since 2.12)

       "auto-dismiss: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all
           work, and awaits "block-job-dismiss".  When true, this job will automatically
           disappear from the query list without user intervention.  Defaults to true. (Since
           2.12)

       Note: "on-source-error" and "on-target-error" only affect background I/O.  If an error
       occurs during a guest write request, the device's rerror/werror actions will be used.

       Since: 2.3

       blockdev-snapshot-sync  (Command) Generates a synchronous snapshot of a block device.

       For the arguments, see the documentation of BlockdevSnapshotSync.

       Returns: nothing on success If "device" is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-snapshot-sync",
                    "arguments": { "device": "ide-hd0",
                                   "snapshot-file":
                                   "/some/place/my-image",
                                   "format": "qcow2" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       blockdev-snapshot  (Command) Generates a snapshot of a block device.

       Create a snapshot, by installing 'node' as the backing image of 'overlay'. Additionally,
       if 'node' is associated with a block device, the block device changes to using 'overlay'
       as its new active image.

       For the arguments, see the documentation of BlockdevSnapshot.

       Since: 2.5

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
                    "arguments": { "driver": "qcow2",
                                   "node-name": "node1534",
                                   "file": { "driver": "file",
                                             "filename": "hd1.qcow2" },
                                   "backing": null } }

               <- { "return": {} }

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-snapshot",
                    "arguments": { "node": "ide-hd0",
                                   "overlay": "node1534" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       change-backing-file  (Command) Change the backing file in the image file metadata.  This
       does not cause QEMU to reopen the image file to reparse the backing filename (it may,
       however, perform a reopen to change permissions from r/o -> r/w -> r/o, if needed). The
       new backing file string is written into the image file metadata, and the QEMU internal
       strings are updated.

       Arguments:

       "image-node-name: string"
           The name of the block driver state node of the image to modify. The "device" argument
           is used to verify "image-node-name" is in the chain described by "device".

       "device: string"
           The device name or node-name of the root node that owns image-node-name.

       "backing-file: string"
           The string to write as the backing file.  This string is not validated, so care should
           be taken when specifying the string or the image chain may not be able to be reopened
           again.

       Returns: Nothing on success

       If "device" does not exist or cannot be determined, DeviceNotFound

       Since: 2.1

       block-commit  (Command) Live commit of data from overlay image nodes into backing nodes -
       i.e., writes data between 'top' and 'base' into 'base'.

       Arguments:

       "job-id: string" (optional)
           identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used.
           (Since 2.7)

       "device: string"
           the device name or node-name of a root node

       "base-node: string" (optional)
           The node name of the backing image to write data into.  If not specified, this is the
           deepest backing image.  (since: 3.1)

       "base: string" (optional)
           Same as "base-node", except that it is a file name rather than a node name. This must
           be the exact filename string that was used to open the node; other strings, even if
           addressing the same file, are not accepted (deprecated, use "base-node" instead)

       "top-node: string" (optional)
           The node name of the backing image within the image chain which contains the topmost
           data to be committed down. If not specified, this is the active layer. (since: 3.1)

       "top: string" (optional)
           Same as "top-node", except that it is a file name rather than a node name. This must
           be the exact filename string that was used to open the node; other strings, even if
           addressing the same file, are not accepted (deprecated, use "base-node" instead)

       "backing-file: string" (optional)
           The backing file string to write into the overlay image of 'top'.  If 'top' is the
           active layer, specifying a backing file string is an error. This filename is not
           validated.

           If a pathname string is such that it cannot be resolved by QEMU, that means that
           subsequent QMP or HMP commands must use node-names for the image in question, as
           filename lookup methods will fail.

           If not specified, QEMU will automatically determine the backing file string to use, or
           error out if there is no obvious choice. Care should be taken when specifying the
           string, to specify a valid filename or protocol.  (Since 2.1)

           If top == base, that is an error.  If top == active, the job will not be completed by
           itself, user needs to complete the job with the block-job-complete command after
           getting the ready event. (Since 2.0)

           If the base image is smaller than top, then the base image will be resized to be the
           same size as top.  If top is smaller than the base image, the base will not be
           truncated.  If you want the base image size to match the size of the smaller top, you
           can safely truncate it yourself once the commit operation successfully completes.

       "speed: int" (optional)
           the maximum speed, in bytes per second

       "filter-node-name: string" (optional)
           the node name that should be assigned to the filter driver that the commit job inserts
           into the graph above "top". If this option is not given, a node name is autogenerated.
           (Since: 2.9)

       "auto-finalize: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work,
           waiting for "block-job-finalize" before making any block graph changes.  When true,
           this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions.  Defaults to true.
           (Since 3.1)

       "auto-dismiss: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all
           work, and awaits "block-job-dismiss".  When true, this job will automatically
           disappear from the query list without user intervention.  Defaults to true. (Since
           3.1)

       Returns: Nothing on success If "device" does not exist, DeviceNotFound Any other error
       returns a GenericError.

       Since: 1.3

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block-commit",
                    "arguments": { "device": "virtio0",
                                   "top": "/tmp/snap1.qcow2" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       drive-backup  (Command) Start a point-in-time copy of a block device to a new destination.
       The status of ongoing drive-backup operations can be checked with query-block-jobs where
       the BlockJobInfo.type field has the value 'backup'.  The operation can be stopped before
       it has completed using the block-job-cancel command.

       Arguments: the members of "DriveBackup"

       Returns: nothing on success If "device" is not a valid block device, GenericError

       Since: 1.6

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "drive-backup",
                    "arguments": { "device": "drive0",
                                   "sync": "full",
                                   "target": "backup.img" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       blockdev-backup  (Command) Start a point-in-time copy of a block device to a new
       destination.  The status of ongoing blockdev-backup operations can be checked with query-
       block-jobs where the BlockJobInfo.type field has the value 'backup'.  The operation can be
       stopped before it has completed using the block-job-cancel command.

       Arguments: the members of "BlockdevBackup"

       Returns: nothing on success If "device" is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

       Since: 2.3

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-backup",
                    "arguments": { "device": "src-id",
                                   "sync": "full",
                                   "target": "tgt-id" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       query-named-block-nodes  (Command) Get the named block driver list

       Returns: the list of BlockDeviceInfo

       Since: 2.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-named-block-nodes" }
               <- { "return": [ { "ro":false,
                                  "drv":"qcow2",
                                  "encrypted":false,
                                  "file":"disks/test.qcow2",
                                  "node-name": "my-node",
                                  "backing_file_depth":1,
                                  "bps":1000000,
                                  "bps_rd":0,
                                  "bps_wr":0,
                                  "iops":1000000,
                                  "iops_rd":0,
                                  "iops_wr":0,
                                  "bps_max": 8000000,
                                  "bps_rd_max": 0,
                                  "bps_wr_max": 0,
                                  "iops_max": 0,
                                  "iops_rd_max": 0,
                                  "iops_wr_max": 0,
                                  "iops_size": 0,
                                  "write_threshold": 0,
                                  "image":{
                                     "filename":"disks/test.qcow2",
                                     "format":"qcow2",
                                     "virtual-size":2048000,
                                     "backing_file":"base.qcow2",
                                     "full-backing-filename":"disks/base.qcow2",
                                     "backing-filename-format":"qcow2",
                                     "snapshots":[
                                        {
                                           "id": "1",
                                           "name": "snapshot1",
                                           "vm-state-size": 0,
                                           "date-sec": 10000200,
                                           "date-nsec": 12,
                                           "vm-clock-sec": 206,
                                           "vm-clock-nsec": 30
                                        }
                                     ],
                                     "backing-image":{
                                         "filename":"disks/base.qcow2",
                                         "format":"qcow2",
                                         "virtual-size":2048000
                                     }
                                  } } ] }

       XDbgBlockGraphNodeType (Enum)

       Values:

       "block-backend"
           corresponds to BlockBackend

       "block-job"
           corresonds to BlockJob

       "block-driver"
           corresponds to BlockDriverState

       Since: 4.0

       XDbgBlockGraphNode (Object)

       Members:

       "id: int"
           Block graph node identifier. This "id" is generated only for x-debug-query-block-graph
           and does not relate to any other identifiers in Qemu.

       "type: XDbgBlockGraphNodeType"
           Type of graph node. Can be one of block-backend, block-job or block-driver-state.

       "name: string"
           Human readable name of the node. Corresponds to node-name for block-driver-state
           nodes; is not guaranteed to be unique in the whole graph (with block-jobs and block-
           backends).

       Since: 4.0

       BlockPermission (Enum)

       Enum of base block permissions.

       Values:

       "consistent-read"
           A user that has the "permission" of consistent reads is guaranteed that their view of
           the contents of the block device is complete and self-consistent, representing the
           contents of a disk at a specific point.  For most block devices (including their
           backing files) this is true, but the property cannot be maintained in a few situations
           like for intermediate nodes of a commit block job.

       "write"
           This permission is required to change the visible disk contents.

       "write-unchanged"
           This permission (which is weaker than BLK_PERM_WRITE) is both enough and required for
           writes to the block node when the caller promises that the visible disk content
           doesn't change.  As the BLK_PERM_WRITE permission is strictly stronger, either is
           sufficient to perform an unchanging write.

       "resize"
           This permission is required to change the size of a block node.

       "graph-mod"
           This permission is required to change the node that this BdrvChild points to.

       Since: 4.0

       XDbgBlockGraphEdge (Object)

       Block Graph edge description for x-debug-query-block-graph.

       Members:

       "parent: int"
           parent id

       "child: int"
           child id

       "name: string"
           name of the relation (examples are 'file' and 'backing')

       "perm: array of BlockPermission"
           granted permissions for the parent operating on the child

       "shared-perm: array of BlockPermission"
           permissions that can still be granted to other users of the child while it is still
           attached to this parent

       Since: 4.0

       XDbgBlockGraph (Object)

       Block Graph - list of nodes and list of edges.

       Members:

       "nodes: array of XDbgBlockGraphNode"
           Not documented

       "edges: array of XDbgBlockGraphEdge"
           Not documented

       Since: 4.0

       x-debug-query-block-graph  (Command) Get the block graph.

       Since: 4.0

       drive-mirror  (Command) Start mirroring a block device's writes to a new destination.
       target specifies the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it is a device, it
       will be used as the new destination for writes. If it does not exist, a new file will be
       created. format specifies the format of the mirror image, default is to probe if
       mode='existing', else the format of the source.

       Arguments: the members of "DriveMirror"

       Returns: nothing on success If "device" is not a valid block device, GenericError

       Since: 1.3

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "drive-mirror",
                    "arguments": { "device": "ide-hd0",
                                   "target": "/some/place/my-image",
                                   "sync": "full",
                                   "format": "qcow2" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       DriveMirror (Object)

       A set of parameters describing drive mirror setup.

       Members:

       "job-id: string" (optional)
           identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used.
           (Since 2.7)

       "device: string"
           the device name or node-name of a root node whose writes should be mirrored.

       "target: string"
           the target of the new image. If the file exists, or if it is a device, the existing
           file/device will be used as the new destination.  If it does not exist, a new file
           will be created.

       "format: string" (optional)
           the format of the new destination, default is to probe if "mode" is 'existing', else
           the format of the source

       "node-name: string" (optional)
           the new block driver state node name in the graph (Since 2.1)

       "replaces: string" (optional)
           with sync=full graph node name to be replaced by the new image when a whole image copy
           is done. This can be used to repair broken Quorum files. (Since 2.1)

       "mode: NewImageMode" (optional)
           whether and how QEMU should create a new image, default is 'absolute-paths'.

       "speed: int" (optional)
           the maximum speed, in bytes per second

       "sync: MirrorSyncMode"
           what parts of the disk image should be copied to the destination (all the disk, only
           the sectors allocated in the topmost image, or only new I/O).

       "granularity: int" (optional)
           granularity of the dirty bitmap, default is 64K if the image format doesn't have
           clusters, 4K if the clusters are smaller than that, else the cluster size.  Must be a
           power of 2 between 512 and 64M (since 1.4).

       "buf-size: int" (optional)
           maximum amount of data in flight from source to target (since 1.4).

       "on-source-error: BlockdevOnError" (optional)
           the action to take on an error on the source, default 'report'.  'stop' and 'enospc'
           can only be used if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo).

       "on-target-error: BlockdevOnError" (optional)
           the action to take on an error on the target, default 'report' (no limitations, since
           this applies to a different block device than "device").

       "unmap: boolean" (optional)
           Whether to try to unmap target sectors where source has only zero. If true, and target
           unallocated sectors will read as zero, target image sectors will be unmapped;
           otherwise, zeroes will be written. Both will result in identical contents.  Default is
           true. (Since 2.4)

       "copy-mode: MirrorCopyMode" (optional)
           when to copy data to the destination; defaults to 'background' (Since: 3.0)

       "auto-finalize: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work,
           waiting for "block-job-finalize" before making any block graph changes.  When true,
           this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions.  Defaults to true.
           (Since 3.1)

       "auto-dismiss: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all
           work, and awaits "block-job-dismiss".  When true, this job will automatically
           disappear from the query list without user intervention.  Defaults to true. (Since
           3.1)

       Since: 1.3

       BlockDirtyBitmap (Object)

       Members:

       "node: string"
           name of device/node which the bitmap is tracking

       "name: string"
           name of the dirty bitmap

       Since: 2.4

       BlockDirtyBitmapAdd (Object)

       Members:

       "node: string"
           name of device/node which the bitmap is tracking

       "name: string"
           name of the dirty bitmap

       "granularity: int" (optional)
           the bitmap granularity, default is 64k for block-dirty-bitmap-add

       "persistent: boolean" (optional)
           the bitmap is persistent, i.e. it will be saved to the corresponding block device
           image file on its close. For now only Qcow2 disks support persistent bitmaps. Default
           is false for block-dirty-bitmap-add. (Since: 2.10)

       "autoload: boolean" (optional)
           ignored and deprecated since 2.12.  Currently, all dirty tracking bitmaps are loaded
           from Qcow2 on open.

       "disabled: boolean" (optional)
           the bitmap is created in the disabled state, which means that it will not track drive
           changes. The bitmap may be enabled with block-dirty-bitmap-enable. Default is false.
           (Since: 4.0)

       Since: 2.4

       BlockDirtyBitmapMerge (Object)

       Members:

       "node: string"
           name of device/node which the bitmap is tracking

       "target: string"
           name of the destination dirty bitmap

       "bitmaps: array of string"
           name(s) of the source dirty bitmap(s)

       Since: 4.0

       block-dirty-bitmap-add  (Command) Create a dirty bitmap with a name on the node, and start
       tracking the writes.

       Returns: nothing on success If "node" is not a valid block device or node, DeviceNotFound
       If "name" is already taken, GenericError with an explanation

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-add",
                    "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       block-dirty-bitmap-remove  (Command) Stop write tracking and remove the dirty bitmap that
       was created with block-dirty-bitmap-add. If the bitmap is persistent, remove it from its
       storage too.

       Returns: nothing on success If "node" is not a valid block device or node, DeviceNotFound
       If "name" is not found, GenericError with an explanation if "name" is frozen by an
       operation, GenericError

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-remove",
                    "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       block-dirty-bitmap-clear  (Command) Clear (reset) a dirty bitmap on the device, so that an
       incremental backup from this point in time forward will only backup clusters modified
       after this clear operation.

       Returns: nothing on success If "node" is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound If
       "name" is not found, GenericError with an explanation

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-clear",
                    "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       block-dirty-bitmap-enable  (Command) Enables a dirty bitmap so that it will begin tracking
       disk changes.

       Returns: nothing on success If "node" is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound If
       "name" is not found, GenericError with an explanation

       Since: 4.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-enable",
                    "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       block-dirty-bitmap-disable  (Command) Disables a dirty bitmap so that it will stop
       tracking disk changes.

       Returns: nothing on success If "node" is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound If
       "name" is not found, GenericError with an explanation

       Since: 4.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-disable",
                    "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "name": "bitmap0" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       block-dirty-bitmap-merge  (Command) Merge dirty bitmaps listed in "bitmaps" to the
       "target" dirty bitmap.  Dirty bitmaps in "bitmaps" will be unchanged, except if it also
       appears as the "target" bitmap. Any bits already set in "target" will still be set after
       the merge, i.e., this operation does not clear the target.  On error, "target" is
       unchanged.

       The resulting bitmap will count as dirty any clusters that were dirty in any of the source
       bitmaps. This can be used to achieve backup checkpoints, or in simpler usages, to copy
       bitmaps.

       Returns: nothing on success If "node" is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound If any
       bitmap in "bitmaps" or "target" is not found, GenericError If any of the bitmaps have
       different sizes or granularities, GenericError

       Since: 4.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block-dirty-bitmap-merge",
                    "arguments": { "node": "drive0", "target": "bitmap0",
                                   "bitmaps": ["bitmap1"] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       BlockDirtyBitmapSha256 (Object)

       SHA256 hash of dirty bitmap data

       Members:

       "sha256: string"
           ASCII representation of SHA256 bitmap hash

       Since: 2.10

       x-debug-block-dirty-bitmap-sha256  (Command) Get bitmap SHA256.

       Returns: BlockDirtyBitmapSha256 on success If "node" is not a valid block device,
       DeviceNotFound If "name" is not found or if hashing has failed, GenericError with an
       explanation

       Since: 2.10

       blockdev-mirror  (Command) Start mirroring a block device's writes to a new destination.

       Arguments:

       "job-id: string" (optional)
           identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used.
           (Since 2.7)

       "device: string"
           The device name or node-name of a root node whose writes should be mirrored.

       "target: string"
           the id or node-name of the block device to mirror to. This mustn't be attached to
           guest.

       "replaces: string" (optional)
           with sync=full graph node name to be replaced by the new image when a whole image copy
           is done. This can be used to repair broken Quorum files.

       "speed: int" (optional)
           the maximum speed, in bytes per second

       "sync: MirrorSyncMode"
           what parts of the disk image should be copied to the destination (all the disk, only
           the sectors allocated in the topmost image, or only new I/O).

       "granularity: int" (optional)
           granularity of the dirty bitmap, default is 64K if the image format doesn't have
           clusters, 4K if the clusters are smaller than that, else the cluster size.  Must be a
           power of 2 between 512 and 64M

       "buf-size: int" (optional)
           maximum amount of data in flight from source to target

       "on-source-error: BlockdevOnError" (optional)
           the action to take on an error on the source, default 'report'.  'stop' and 'enospc'
           can only be used if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo).

       "on-target-error: BlockdevOnError" (optional)
           the action to take on an error on the target, default 'report' (no limitations, since
           this applies to a different block device than "device").

       "filter-node-name: string" (optional)
           the node name that should be assigned to the filter driver that the mirror job inserts
           into the graph above "device". If this option is not given, a node name is
           autogenerated. (Since: 2.9)

       "copy-mode: MirrorCopyMode" (optional)
           when to copy data to the destination; defaults to 'background' (Since: 3.0)

       "auto-finalize: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work,
           waiting for "block-job-finalize" before making any block graph changes.  When true,
           this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions.  Defaults to true.
           (Since 3.1)

       "auto-dismiss: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all
           work, and awaits "block-job-dismiss".  When true, this job will automatically
           disappear from the query list without user intervention.  Defaults to true. (Since
           3.1)

       Returns: nothing on success.

       Since: 2.6

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-mirror",
                    "arguments": { "device": "ide-hd0",
                                   "target": "target0",
                                   "sync": "full" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       block_set_io_throttle  (Command) Change I/O throttle limits for a block drive.

       Since QEMU 2.4, each device with I/O limits is member of a throttle group.

       If two or more devices are members of the same group, the limits will apply to the
       combined I/O of the whole group in a round-robin fashion. Therefore, setting new I/O
       limits to a device will affect the whole group.

       The name of the group can be specified using the 'group' parameter.  If the parameter is
       unset, it is assumed to be the current group of that device. If it's not in any group yet,
       the name of the device will be used as the name for its group.

       The 'group' parameter can also be used to move a device to a different group. In this case
       the limits specified in the parameters will be applied to the new group only.

       I/O limits can be disabled by setting all of them to 0. In this case the device will be
       removed from its group and the rest of its members will not be affected. The 'group'
       parameter is ignored.

       Arguments: the members of "BlockIOThrottle"

       Returns: Nothing on success If "device" is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

       Since: 1.1

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block_set_io_throttle",
                    "arguments": { "id": "virtio-blk-pci0/virtio-backend",
                                   "bps": 0,
                                   "bps_rd": 0,
                                   "bps_wr": 0,
                                   "iops": 512,
                                   "iops_rd": 0,
                                   "iops_wr": 0,
                                   "bps_max": 0,
                                   "bps_rd_max": 0,
                                   "bps_wr_max": 0,
                                   "iops_max": 0,
                                   "iops_rd_max": 0,
                                   "iops_wr_max": 0,
                                   "bps_max_length": 0,
                                   "iops_size": 0 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               -> { "execute": "block_set_io_throttle",
                    "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0",
                                   "bps": 1000000,
                                   "bps_rd": 0,
                                   "bps_wr": 0,
                                   "iops": 0,
                                   "iops_rd": 0,
                                   "iops_wr": 0,
                                   "bps_max": 8000000,
                                   "bps_rd_max": 0,
                                   "bps_wr_max": 0,
                                   "iops_max": 0,
                                   "iops_rd_max": 0,
                                   "iops_wr_max": 0,
                                   "bps_max_length": 60,
                                   "iops_size": 0 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       BlockIOThrottle (Object)

       A set of parameters describing block throttling.

       Members:

       "device: string" (optional)
           Block device name (deprecated, use "id" instead)

       "id: string" (optional)
           The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8)

       "bps: int"
           total throughput limit in bytes per second

       "bps_rd: int"
           read throughput limit in bytes per second

       "bps_wr: int"
           write throughput limit in bytes per second

       "iops: int"
           total I/O operations per second

       "iops_rd: int"
           read I/O operations per second

       "iops_wr: int"
           write I/O operations per second

       "bps_max: int" (optional)
           total throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "bps_rd_max: int" (optional)
           read throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "bps_wr_max: int" (optional)
           write throughput limit during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "iops_max: int" (optional)
           total I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "iops_rd_max: int" (optional)
           read I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "iops_wr_max: int" (optional)
           write I/O operations per second during bursts, in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "bps_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "bps_max" burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if
           "bps_max" is set as well.  Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)

       "bps_rd_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "bps_rd_max" burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if
           "bps_rd_max" is set as well.  Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)

       "bps_wr_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "bps_wr_max" burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if
           "bps_wr_max" is set as well.  Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)

       "iops_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "iops" burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if
           "iops_max" is set as well.  Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)

       "iops_rd_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "iops_rd_max" burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if
           "iops_rd_max" is set as well.  Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)

       "iops_wr_max_length: int" (optional)
           maximum length of the "iops_wr_max" burst period, in seconds. It must only be set if
           "iops_wr_max" is set as well.  Defaults to 1. (Since 2.6)

       "iops_size: int" (optional)
           an I/O size in bytes (Since 1.7)

       "group: string" (optional)
           throttle group name (Since 2.4)

       Since: 1.1

       ThrottleLimits (Object)

       Limit parameters for throttling.  Since some limit combinations are illegal, limits should
       always be set in one transaction. All fields are optional. When setting limits, if a field
       is missing the current value is not changed.

       Members:

       "iops-total: int" (optional)
           limit total I/O operations per second

       "iops-total-max: int" (optional)
           I/O operations burst

       "iops-total-max-length: int" (optional)
           length of the iops-total-max burst period, in seconds It must only be set if
           "iops-total-max" is set as well.

       "iops-read: int" (optional)
           limit read operations per second

       "iops-read-max: int" (optional)
           I/O operations read burst

       "iops-read-max-length: int" (optional)
           length of the iops-read-max burst period, in seconds It must only be set if
           "iops-read-max" is set as well.

       "iops-write: int" (optional)
           limit write operations per second

       "iops-write-max: int" (optional)
           I/O operations write burst

       "iops-write-max-length: int" (optional)
           length of the iops-write-max burst period, in seconds It must only be set if
           "iops-write-max" is set as well.

       "bps-total: int" (optional)
           limit total bytes per second

       "bps-total-max: int" (optional)
           total bytes burst

       "bps-total-max-length: int" (optional)
           length of the bps-total-max burst period, in seconds.  It must only be set if
           "bps-total-max" is set as well.

       "bps-read: int" (optional)
           limit read bytes per second

       "bps-read-max: int" (optional)
           total bytes read burst

       "bps-read-max-length: int" (optional)
           length of the bps-read-max burst period, in seconds It must only be set if
           "bps-read-max" is set as well.

       "bps-write: int" (optional)
           limit write bytes per second

       "bps-write-max: int" (optional)
           total bytes write burst

       "bps-write-max-length: int" (optional)
           length of the bps-write-max burst period, in seconds It must only be set if
           "bps-write-max" is set as well.

       "iops-size: int" (optional)
           when limiting by iops max size of an I/O in bytes

       Since: 2.11

       block-stream  (Command) Copy data from a backing file into a block device.

       The block streaming operation is performed in the background until the entire backing file
       has been copied.  This command returns immediately once streaming has started.  The status
       of ongoing block streaming operations can be checked with query-block-jobs.  The operation
       can be stopped before it has completed using the block-job-cancel command.

       The node that receives the data is called the top image, can be located in any part of the
       chain (but always above the base image; see below) and can be specified using its device
       or node name. Earlier qemu versions only allowed 'device' to name the top level node;
       presence of the 'base-node' parameter during introspection can be used as a witness of the
       enhanced semantics of 'device'.

       If a base file is specified then sectors are not copied from that base file and its
       backing chain.  When streaming completes the image file will have the base file as its
       backing file.  This can be used to stream a subset of the backing file chain instead of
       flattening the entire image.

       On successful completion the image file is updated to drop the backing file and the
       BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED event is emitted.

       Arguments:

       "job-id: string" (optional)
           identifier for the newly-created block job. If omitted, the device name will be used.
           (Since 2.7)

       "device: string"
           the device or node name of the top image

       "base: string" (optional)
           the common backing file name.  It cannot be set if "base-node" is also set.

       "base-node: string" (optional)
           the node name of the backing file.  It cannot be set if "base" is also set. (Since
           2.8)

       "backing-file: string" (optional)
           The backing file string to write into the top image. This filename is not validated.

           If a pathname string is such that it cannot be resolved by QEMU, that means that
           subsequent QMP or HMP commands must use node-names for the image in question, as
           filename lookup methods will fail.

           If not specified, QEMU will automatically determine the backing file string to use, or
           error out if there is no obvious choice.  Care should be taken when specifying the
           string, to specify a valid filename or protocol.  (Since 2.1)

       "speed: int" (optional)
           the maximum speed, in bytes per second

       "on-error: BlockdevOnError" (optional)
           the action to take on an error (default report).  'stop' and 'enospc' can only be used
           if the block device supports io-status (see BlockInfo).  Since 1.3.

       "auto-finalize: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a PENDING state after it has finished its work,
           waiting for "block-job-finalize" before making any block graph changes.  When true,
           this job will automatically perform its abort or commit actions.  Defaults to true.
           (Since 3.1)

       "auto-dismiss: boolean" (optional)
           When false, this job will wait in a CONCLUDED state after it has completely ceased all
           work, and awaits "block-job-dismiss".  When true, this job will automatically
           disappear from the query list without user intervention.  Defaults to true. (Since
           3.1)

       Returns: Nothing on success. If "device" does not exist, DeviceNotFound.

       Since: 1.1

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block-stream",
                    "arguments": { "device": "virtio0",
                                   "base": "/tmp/master.qcow2" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       block-job-set-speed  (Command) Set maximum speed for a background block operation.

       This command can only be issued when there is an active block job.

       Throttling can be disabled by setting the speed to 0.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence the name of the parameter),
           but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other values.

       "speed: int"
           the maximum speed, in bytes per second, or 0 for unlimited.  Defaults to 0.

       Returns: Nothing on success If no background operation is active on this device,
       DeviceNotActive

       Since: 1.1

       block-job-cancel  (Command) Stop an active background block operation.

       This command returns immediately after marking the active background block operation for
       cancellation.  It is an error to call this command if no operation is in progress.

       The operation will cancel as soon as possible and then emit the BLOCK_JOB_CANCELLED event.
       Before that happens the job is still visible when enumerated using query-block-jobs.

       Note that if you issue 'block-job-cancel' after 'drive-mirror' has indicated (via the
       event BLOCK_JOB_READY) that the source and destination are synchronized, then the event
       triggered by this command changes to BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED, to indicate that the mirroring
       has ended and the destination now has a point-in-time copy tied to the time of the
       cancellation.

       For streaming, the image file retains its backing file unless the streaming operation
       happens to complete just as it is being cancelled.  A new streaming operation can be
       started at a later time to finish copying all data from the backing file.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence the name of the parameter),
           but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other values.

       "force: boolean" (optional)
           If true, and the job has already emitted the event BLOCK_JOB_READY, abandon the job
           immediately (even if it is paused) instead of waiting for the destination to complete
           its final synchronization (since 1.3)

       Returns: Nothing on success If no background operation is active on this device,
       DeviceNotActive

       Since: 1.1

       block-job-pause  (Command) Pause an active background block operation.

       This command returns immediately after marking the active background block operation for
       pausing.  It is an error to call this command if no operation is in progress or if the job
       is already paused.

       The operation will pause as soon as possible.  No event is emitted when the operation is
       actually paused.  Cancelling a paused job automatically resumes it.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence the name of the parameter),
           but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other values.

       Returns: Nothing on success If no background operation is active on this device,
       DeviceNotActive

       Since: 1.3

       block-job-resume  (Command) Resume an active background block operation.

       This command returns immediately after resuming a paused background block operation.  It
       is an error to call this command if no operation is in progress or if the job is not
       paused.

       This command also clears the error status of the job.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence the name of the parameter),
           but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other values.

       Returns: Nothing on success If no background operation is active on this device,
       DeviceNotActive

       Since: 1.3

       block-job-complete  (Command) Manually trigger completion of an active background block
       operation.  This is supported for drive mirroring, where it also switches the device to
       write to the target path only.  The ability to complete is signaled with a BLOCK_JOB_READY
       event.

       This command completes an active background block operation synchronously.  The ordering
       of this command's return with the BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED event is not defined.  Note that if
       an I/O error occurs during the processing of this command: 1) the command itself will
       fail; 2) the error will be processed according to the rerror/werror arguments that were
       specified when starting the operation.

       A cancelled or paused job cannot be completed.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           The job identifier. This used to be a device name (hence the name of the parameter),
           but since QEMU 2.7 it can have other values.

       Returns: Nothing on success If no background operation is active on this device,
       DeviceNotActive

       Since: 1.3

       block-job-dismiss  (Command) For jobs that have already concluded, remove them from the
       block-job-query list. This command only needs to be run for jobs which were started with
       QEMU 2.12+ job lifetime management semantics.

       This command will refuse to operate on any job that has not yet reached its terminal
       state, JOB_STATUS_CONCLUDED. For jobs that make use of the BLOCK_JOB_READY event, block-
       job-cancel or block-job-complete will still need to be used as appropriate.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The job identifier.

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 2.12

       block-job-finalize  (Command) Once a job that has manual=true reaches the pending state,
       it can be instructed to finalize any graph changes and do any necessary cleanup via this
       command.  For jobs in a transaction, instructing one job to finalize will force ALL jobs
       in the transaction to finalize, so it is only necessary to instruct a single member job to
       finalize.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The job identifier.

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevDiscardOptions (Enum)

       Determines how to handle discard requests.

       Values:

       "ignore"
           Ignore the request

       "unmap"
           Forward as an unmap request

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevDetectZeroesOptions (Enum)

       Describes the operation mode for the automatic conversion of plain zero writes by the OS
       to driver specific optimized zero write commands.

       Values:

       "off"
           Disabled (default)

       "on"
           Enabled

       "unmap"
           Enabled and even try to unmap blocks if possible. This requires also that
           "BlockdevDiscardOptions" is set to unmap for this device.

       Since: 2.1

       BlockdevAioOptions (Enum)

       Selects the AIO backend to handle I/O requests

       Values:

       "threads"
           Use qemu's thread pool

       "native"
           Use native AIO backend (only Linux and Windows)

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevCacheOptions (Object)

       Includes cache-related options for block devices

       Members:

       "direct: boolean" (optional)
           enables use of O_DIRECT (bypass the host page cache; default: false)

       "no-flush: boolean" (optional)
           ignore any flush requests for the device (default: false)

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevDriver (Enum)

       Drivers that are supported in block device operations.

       Values:

       "vxhs"
           Since 2.10

       "throttle"
           Since 2.11

       "nvme"
           Since 2.12

       "copy-on-read"
           Since 3.0

       "blklogwrites"
           Since 3.0

       "blkdebug"
           Not documented

       "blkverify"
           Not documented

       "bochs"
           Not documented

       "cloop"
           Not documented

       "dmg"
           Not documented

       "file"
           Not documented

       "ftp"
           Not documented

       "ftps"
           Not documented

       "gluster"
           Not documented

       "host_cdrom"
           Not documented

       "host_device"
           Not documented

       "http"
           Not documented

       "https"
           Not documented

       "iscsi"
           Not documented

       "luks"
           Not documented

       "nbd"
           Not documented

       "nfs"
           Not documented

       "null-aio"
           Not documented

       "null-co"
           Not documented

       "parallels"
           Not documented

       "qcow"
           Not documented

       "qcow2"
           Not documented

       "qed"
           Not documented

       "quorum"
           Not documented

       "raw"
           Not documented

       "rbd"
           Not documented

       "replication"
           Not documented If: "defined(CONFIG_REPLICATION)"

       "sheepdog"
           Not documented

       "ssh"
           Not documented

       "vdi"
           Not documented

       "vhdx"
           Not documented

       "vmdk"
           Not documented

       "vpc"
           Not documented

       "vvfat"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsFile (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for the file backend.

       Members:

       "filename: string"
           path to the image file

       "pr-manager: string" (optional)
           the id for the object that will handle persistent reservations for this device
           (default: none, forward the commands via SG_IO; since 2.11)

       "aio: BlockdevAioOptions" (optional)
           AIO backend (default: threads) (since: 2.8)

       "locking: OnOffAuto" (optional)
           whether to enable file locking. If set to 'auto', only enable when Open File
           Descriptor (OFD) locking API is available (default: auto, since 2.10)

       "drop-cache: boolean" (optional)
           invalidate page cache during live migration.  This prevents stale data on the
           migration destination with cache.direct=off.  Currently only supported on Linux hosts.
           (default: on, since: 4.0) If: "defined(CONFIG_LINUX)"

       "x-check-cache-dropped: boolean" (optional)
           whether to check that page cache was dropped on live migration.  May cause noticeable
           delays if the image file is large, do not use in production.  (default: off) (since:
           3.0)

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsNull (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for the null backend.

       Members:

       "size: int" (optional)
           size of the device in bytes.

       "latency-ns: int" (optional)
           emulated latency (in nanoseconds) in processing requests. Default to zero which
           completes requests immediately.  (Since 2.4)

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsNVMe (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for the NVMe backend.

       Members:

       "device: string"
           controller address of the NVMe device.

       "namespace: int"
           namespace number of the device, starting from 1.

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevOptionsVVFAT (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for the vvfat protocol.

       Members:

       "dir: string"
           directory to be exported as FAT image

       "fat-type: int" (optional)
           FAT type: 12, 16 or 32

       "floppy: boolean" (optional)
           whether to export a floppy image (true) or partitioned hard disk (false; default)

       "label: string" (optional)
           set the volume label, limited to 11 bytes. FAT16 and FAT32 traditionally have some
           restrictions on labels, which are ignored by most operating systems. Defaults to "QEMU
           VVFAT".  (since 2.4)

       "rw: boolean" (optional)
           whether to allow write operations (default: false)

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for image format that have no option besides their
       data source.

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           reference to or definition of the data source block device

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsLUKS (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for LUKS.

       Members:

       "key-secret: string" (optional)
           the ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the decryption key (since 2.6). Mandatory
           except when doing a metadata-only probe of the image.

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat"

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for image format that have no option besides their
       data source and an optional backing file.

       Members:

       "backing: BlockdevRefOrNull" (optional)
           reference to or definition of the backing file block device, null disables the backing
           file entirely.  Defaults to the backing file stored the image file.

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat"

       Since: 2.9

       Qcow2OverlapCheckMode (Enum)

       General overlap check modes.

       Values:

       "none"
           Do not perform any checks

       "constant"
           Perform only checks which can be done in constant time and without reading anything
           from disk

       "cached"
           Perform only checks which can be done without reading anything from disk

       "all"
           Perform all available overlap checks

       Since: 2.9

       Qcow2OverlapCheckFlags (Object)

       Structure of flags for each metadata structure. Setting a field to 'true' makes qemu guard
       that structure against unintended overwriting. The default value is chosen according to
       the template given.

       Members:

       "template: Qcow2OverlapCheckMode" (optional)
           Specifies a template mode which can be adjusted using the other flags, defaults to
           'cached'

       "bitmap-directory: boolean" (optional)
           since 3.0

       "main-header: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       "active-l1: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       "active-l2: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       "refcount-table: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       "refcount-block: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       "snapshot-table: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       "inactive-l1: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       "inactive-l2: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.9

       Qcow2OverlapChecks (Alternate)

       Specifies which metadata structures should be guarded against unintended overwriting.

       Members:

       "flags: Qcow2OverlapCheckFlags"
           set of flags for separate specification of each metadata structure type

       "mode: Qcow2OverlapCheckMode"
           named mode which chooses a specific set of flags

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevQcowEncryptionFormat (Enum)

       Values:

       "aes"
           AES-CBC with plain64 initialization vectors

       Since: 2.10

       BlockdevQcowEncryption (Object)

       Members:

       "format: BlockdevQcowEncryptionFormat"
           Not documented

       The members of "QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow" when "format" is "aes"

       Since: 2.10

       BlockdevOptionsQcow (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for qcow.

       Members:

       "encrypt: BlockdevQcowEncryption" (optional)
           Image decryption options. Mandatory for encrypted images, except when doing a
           metadata-only probe of the image.

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat"

       Since: 2.10

       BlockdevQcow2EncryptionFormat (Enum)

       Values:

       "aes"
           AES-CBC with plain64 initialization vectors

       "luks"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.10

       BlockdevQcow2Encryption (Object)

       Members:

       "format: BlockdevQcow2EncryptionFormat"
           Not documented

       The members of "QCryptoBlockOptionsQCow" when "format" is "aes"
       The members of "QCryptoBlockOptionsLUKS" when "format" is "luks"

       Since: 2.10

       BlockdevOptionsQcow2 (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for qcow2.

       Members:

       "lazy-refcounts: boolean" (optional)
           whether to enable the lazy refcounts feature (default is taken from the image file)

       "pass-discard-request: boolean" (optional)
           whether discard requests to the qcow2 device should be forwarded to the data source

       "pass-discard-snapshot: boolean" (optional)
           whether discard requests for the data source should be issued when a snapshot
           operation (e.g.  deleting a snapshot) frees clusters in the qcow2 file

       "pass-discard-other: boolean" (optional)
           whether discard requests for the data source should be issued on other occasions where
           a cluster gets freed

       "overlap-check: Qcow2OverlapChecks" (optional)
           which overlap checks to perform for writes to the image, defaults to 'cached' (since
           2.2)

       "cache-size: int" (optional)
           the maximum total size of the L2 table and refcount block caches in bytes (since 2.2)

       "l2-cache-size: int" (optional)
           the maximum size of the L2 table cache in bytes (since 2.2)

       "l2-cache-entry-size: int" (optional)
           the size of each entry in the L2 cache in bytes. It must be a power of two between 512
           and the cluster size. The default value is the cluster size (since 2.12)

       "refcount-cache-size: int" (optional)
           the maximum size of the refcount block cache in bytes (since 2.2)

       "cache-clean-interval: int" (optional)
           clean unused entries in the L2 and refcount caches. The interval is in seconds. The
           default value is 600 on supporting platforms, and 0 on other platforms. 0 disables
           this feature. (since 2.5)

       "encrypt: BlockdevQcow2Encryption" (optional)
           Image decryption options. Mandatory for encrypted images, except when doing a
           metadata-only probe of the image. (since 2.10)

       "data-file: BlockdevRef" (optional)
           reference to or definition of the external data file.  This may only be specified for
           images that require an external data file. If it is not specified for such an image,
           the data file name is loaded from the image file. (since 4.0)

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat"

       Since: 2.9

       SshHostKeyCheckMode (Enum)

       "none"             Don't check the host key at all "hash"             Compare the host key
       with a given hash "known_hosts"      Check the host key against the known_hosts file

       Values:

       "none"
           Not documented

       "hash"
           Not documented

       "known_hosts"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       SshHostKeyCheckHashType (Enum)

       "md5"              The given hash is an md5 hash "sha1"             The given hash is an
       sha1 hash

       Values:

       "md5"
           Not documented

       "sha1"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       SshHostKeyHash (Object)

       "type"             The hash algorithm used for the hash "hash"             The expected
       hash value

       Members:

       "type: SshHostKeyCheckHashType"
           Not documented

       "hash: string"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       SshHostKeyCheck (Object)

       Members:

       "mode: SshHostKeyCheckMode"
           Not documented

       The members of "SshHostKeyHash" when "mode" is "hash"

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevOptionsSsh (Object)

       Members:

       "server: InetSocketAddress"
           host address

       "path: string"
           path to the image on the host

       "user: string" (optional)
           user as which to connect, defaults to current local user name

       "host-key-check: SshHostKeyCheck" (optional)
           Defines how and what to check the host key against (default: known_hosts)

       Since: 2.9

       BlkdebugEvent (Enum)

       Trigger events supported by blkdebug.

       Values:

       "l1_shrink_write_table"
           write zeros to the l1 table to shrink image.  (since 2.11)

       "l1_shrink_free_l2_clusters"
           discard the l2 tables. (since 2.11)

       "cor_write"
           a write due to copy-on-read (since 2.11)

       "l1_update"
           Not documented

       "l1_grow_alloc_table"
           Not documented

       "l1_grow_write_table"
           Not documented

       "l1_grow_activate_table"
           Not documented

       "l2_load"
           Not documented

       "l2_update"
           Not documented

       "l2_update_compressed"
           Not documented

       "l2_alloc_cow_read"
           Not documented

       "l2_alloc_write"
           Not documented

       "read_aio"
           Not documented

       "read_backing_aio"
           Not documented

       "read_compressed"
           Not documented

       "write_aio"
           Not documented

       "write_compressed"
           Not documented

       "vmstate_load"
           Not documented

       "vmstate_save"
           Not documented

       "cow_read"
           Not documented

       "cow_write"
           Not documented

       "reftable_load"
           Not documented

       "reftable_grow"
           Not documented

       "reftable_update"
           Not documented

       "refblock_load"
           Not documented

       "refblock_update"
           Not documented

       "refblock_update_part"
           Not documented

       "refblock_alloc"
           Not documented

       "refblock_alloc_hookup"
           Not documented

       "refblock_alloc_write"
           Not documented

       "refblock_alloc_write_blocks"
           Not documented

       "refblock_alloc_write_table"
           Not documented

       "refblock_alloc_switch_table"
           Not documented

       "cluster_alloc"
           Not documented

       "cluster_alloc_bytes"
           Not documented

       "cluster_free"
           Not documented

       "flush_to_os"
           Not documented

       "flush_to_disk"
           Not documented

       "pwritev_rmw_head"
           Not documented

       "pwritev_rmw_after_head"
           Not documented

       "pwritev_rmw_tail"
           Not documented

       "pwritev_rmw_after_tail"
           Not documented

       "pwritev"
           Not documented

       "pwritev_zero"
           Not documented

       "pwritev_done"
           Not documented

       "empty_image_prepare"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.9

       BlkdebugInjectErrorOptions (Object)

       Describes a single error injection for blkdebug.

       Members:

       "event: BlkdebugEvent"
           trigger event

       "state: int" (optional)
           the state identifier blkdebug needs to be in to actually trigger the event; defaults
           to "any"

       "errno: int" (optional)
           error identifier (errno) to be returned; defaults to EIO

       "sector: int" (optional)
           specifies the sector index which has to be affected in order to actually trigger the
           event; defaults to "any sector"

       "once: boolean" (optional)
           disables further events after this one has been triggered; defaults to false

       "immediately: boolean" (optional)
           fail immediately; defaults to false

       Since: 2.9

       BlkdebugSetStateOptions (Object)

       Describes a single state-change event for blkdebug.

       Members:

       "event: BlkdebugEvent"
           trigger event

       "state: int" (optional)
           the current state identifier blkdebug needs to be in; defaults to "any"

       "new_state: int"
           the state identifier blkdebug is supposed to assume if this event is triggered

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsBlkdebug (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for blkdebug.

       Members:

       "image: BlockdevRef"
           underlying raw block device (or image file)

       "config: string" (optional)
           filename of the configuration file

       "align: int" (optional)
           required alignment for requests in bytes, must be positive power of 2, or 0 for
           default

       "max-transfer: int" (optional)
           maximum size for I/O transfers in bytes, must be positive multiple of "align" and of
           the underlying file's request alignment (but need not be a power of 2), or 0 for
           default (since 2.10)

       "opt-write-zero: int" (optional)
           preferred alignment for write zero requests in bytes, must be positive multiple of
           "align" and of the underlying file's request alignment (but need not be a power of 2),
           or 0 for default (since 2.10)

       "max-write-zero: int" (optional)
           maximum size for write zero requests in bytes, must be positive multiple of "align",
           of "opt-write-zero", and of the underlying file's request alignment (but need not be a
           power of 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10)

       "opt-discard: int" (optional)
           preferred alignment for discard requests in bytes, must be positive multiple of
           "align" and of the underlying file's request alignment (but need not be a power of 2),
           or 0 for default (since 2.10)

       "max-discard: int" (optional)
           maximum size for discard requests in bytes, must be positive multiple of "align", of
           "opt-discard", and of the underlying file's request alignment (but need not be a power
           of 2), or 0 for default (since 2.10)

       "inject-error: array of BlkdebugInjectErrorOptions" (optional)
           array of error injection descriptions

       "set-state: array of BlkdebugSetStateOptions" (optional)
           array of state-change descriptions

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsBlklogwrites (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for blklogwrites.

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           block device

       "log: BlockdevRef"
           block device used to log writes to "file"

       "log-sector-size: int" (optional)
           sector size used in logging writes to "file", determines granularity of offsets and
           sizes of writes (default: 512)

       "log-append: boolean" (optional)
           append to an existing log (default: false)

       "log-super-update-interval: int" (optional)
           interval of write requests after which the log super block is updated to disk
           (default: 4096)

       Since: 3.0

       BlockdevOptionsBlkverify (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for blkverify.

       Members:

       "test: BlockdevRef"
           block device to be tested

       "raw: BlockdevRef"
           raw image used for verification

       Since: 2.9

       QuorumReadPattern (Enum)

       An enumeration of quorum read patterns.

       Values:

       "quorum"
           read all the children and do a quorum vote on reads

       "fifo"
           read only from the first child that has not failed

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsQuorum (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for Quorum

       Members:

       "blkverify: boolean" (optional)
           true if the driver must print content mismatch set to false by default

       "children: array of BlockdevRef"
           the children block devices to use

       "vote-threshold: int"
           the vote limit under which a read will fail

       "rewrite-corrupted: boolean" (optional)
           rewrite corrupted data when quorum is reached (Since 2.1)

       "read-pattern: QuorumReadPattern" (optional)
           choose read pattern and set to quorum by default (Since 2.2)

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsGluster (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for Gluster

       Members:

       "volume: string"
           name of gluster volume where VM image resides

       "path: string"
           absolute path to image file in gluster volume

       "server: array of SocketAddress"
           gluster servers description

       "debug: int" (optional)
           libgfapi log level (default '4' which is Error) (Since 2.8)

       "logfile: string" (optional)
           libgfapi log file (default /dev/stderr) (Since 2.8)

       Since: 2.9

       IscsiTransport (Enum)

       An enumeration of libiscsi transport types

       Values:

       "tcp"
           Not documented

       "iser"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.9

       IscsiHeaderDigest (Enum)

       An enumeration of header digests supported by libiscsi

       Values:

       "crc32c"
           Not documented

       "none"
           Not documented

       "crc32c-none"
           Not documented

       "none-crc32c"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsIscsi (Object)

       Members:

       "transport: IscsiTransport"
           The iscsi transport type

       "portal: string"
           The address of the iscsi portal

       "target: string"
           The target iqn name

       "lun: int" (optional)
           LUN to connect to. Defaults to 0.

       "user: string" (optional)
           User name to log in with. If omitted, no CHAP authentication is performed.

       "password-secret: string" (optional)
           The ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the password for the login. This option is
           required if "user" is specified.

       "initiator-name: string" (optional)
           The iqn name we want to identify to the target as. If this option is not specified, an
           initiator name is generated automatically.

       "header-digest: IscsiHeaderDigest" (optional)
           The desired header digest. Defaults to none-crc32c.

       "timeout: int" (optional)
           Timeout in seconds after which a request will timeout. 0 means no timeout and is the
           default.

       Driver specific block device options for iscsi

       Since: 2.9

       RbdAuthMode (Enum)

       Values:

       "cephx"
           Not documented

       "none"
           Not documented

       Since: 3.0

       BlockdevOptionsRbd (Object)

       Members:

       "pool: string"
           Ceph pool name.

       "image: string"
           Image name in the Ceph pool.

       "conf: string" (optional)
           path to Ceph configuration file.  Values in the configuration file will be overridden
           by options specified via QAPI.

       "snapshot: string" (optional)
           Ceph snapshot name.

       "user: string" (optional)
           Ceph id name.

       "auth-client-required: array of RbdAuthMode" (optional)
           Acceptable authentication modes.  This maps to Ceph configuration option
           "auth_client_required".  (Since 3.0)

       "key-secret: string" (optional)
           ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a key for cephx authentication.  This maps to
           Ceph configuration option "key".  (Since 3.0)

       "server: array of InetSocketAddressBase" (optional)
           Monitor host address and port.  This maps to the "mon_host" Ceph option.

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsSheepdog (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for sheepdog

       Members:

       "vdi: string"
           Virtual disk image name

       "server: SocketAddress"
           The Sheepdog server to connect to

       "snap-id: int" (optional)
           Snapshot ID

       "tag: string" (optional)
           Snapshot tag name

       Only one of "snap-id" and "tag" may be present.

       Since: 2.9

       ReplicationMode (Enum)

       An enumeration of replication modes.

       Values:

       "primary"
           Primary mode, the vm's state will be sent to secondary QEMU.

       "secondary"
           Secondary mode, receive the vm's state from primary QEMU.

       Since: 2.9

       If: "defined(CONFIG_REPLICATION)"

       BlockdevOptionsReplication (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for replication

       Members:

       "mode: ReplicationMode"
           the replication mode

       "top-id: string" (optional)
           In secondary mode, node name or device ID of the root node who owns the replication
           node chain. Must not be given in primary mode.

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat"

       Since: 2.9

       If: "defined(CONFIG_REPLICATION)"

       NFSTransport (Enum)

       An enumeration of NFS transport types

       Values:

       "inet"
           TCP transport

       Since: 2.9

       NFSServer (Object)

       Captures the address of the socket

       Members:

       "type: NFSTransport"
           transport type used for NFS (only TCP supported)

       "host: string"
           host address for NFS server

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsNfs (Object)

       Driver specific block device option for NFS

       Members:

       "server: NFSServer"
           host address

       "path: string"
           path of the image on the host

       "user: int" (optional)
           UID value to use when talking to the server (defaults to 65534 on Windows and getuid()
           on unix)

       "group: int" (optional)
           GID value to use when talking to the server (defaults to 65534 on Windows and getgid()
           in unix)

       "tcp-syn-count: int" (optional)
           number of SYNs during the session establishment (defaults to libnfs default)

       "readahead-size: int" (optional)
           set the readahead size in bytes (defaults to libnfs default)

       "page-cache-size: int" (optional)
           set the pagecache size in bytes (defaults to libnfs default)

       "debug: int" (optional)
           set the NFS debug level (max 2) (defaults to libnfs default)

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsCurlBase (Object)

       Driver specific block device options shared by all protocols supported by the curl
       backend.

       Members:

       "url: string"
           URL of the image file

       "readahead: int" (optional)
           Size of the read-ahead cache; must be a multiple of 512 (defaults to 256 kB)

       "timeout: int" (optional)
           Timeout for connections, in seconds (defaults to 5)

       "username: string" (optional)
           Username for authentication (defaults to none)

       "password-secret: string" (optional)
           ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a password for authentication (defaults to no
           password)

       "proxy-username: string" (optional)
           Username for proxy authentication (defaults to none)

       "proxy-password-secret: string" (optional)
           ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing a password for proxy authentication (defaults
           to no password)

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsCurlHttp (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for HTTP connections over the curl backend.  URLs
       must start with "http://".

       Members:

       "cookie: string" (optional)
           List of cookies to set; format is "name1=content1; name2=content2;" as explained by
           CURLOPT_COOKIE(3). Defaults to no cookies.

       "cookie-secret: string" (optional)
           ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the cookie data in a secure way. See "cookie"
           for the format. (since 2.10)

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsCurlBase"

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsCurlHttps (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for HTTPS connections over the curl backend.  URLs
       must start with "https://".

       Members:

       "cookie: string" (optional)
           List of cookies to set; format is "name1=content1; name2=content2;" as explained by
           CURLOPT_COOKIE(3). Defaults to no cookies.

       "sslverify: boolean" (optional)
           Whether to verify the SSL certificate's validity (defaults to true)

       "cookie-secret: string" (optional)
           ID of a QCryptoSecret object providing the cookie data in a secure way. See "cookie"
           for the format. (since 2.10)

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsCurlBase"

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsCurlFtp (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for FTP connections over the curl backend.  URLs must
       start with "ftp://".

       Members:

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsCurlBase"

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsCurlFtps (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for FTPS connections over the curl backend.  URLs
       must start with "ftps://".

       Members:

       "sslverify: boolean" (optional)
           Whether to verify the SSL certificate's validity (defaults to true)

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsCurlBase"

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsNbd (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for NBD.

       Members:

       "server: SocketAddress"
           NBD server address

       "export: string" (optional)
           export name

       "tls-creds: string" (optional)
           TLS credentials ID

       "x-dirty-bitmap: string" (optional)
           A "qemu:dirty-bitmap:NAME" string to query in place of traditional "base:allocation"
           block status (see NBD_OPT_LIST_META_CONTEXT in the NBD protocol) (since 3.0)

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsRaw (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for the raw driver.

       Members:

       "offset: int" (optional)
           position where the block device starts

       "size: int" (optional)
           the assumed size of the device

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat"

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevOptionsVxHS (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for VxHS

       Members:

       "vdisk-id: string"
           UUID of VxHS volume

       "server: InetSocketAddressBase"
           vxhs server IP, port

       "tls-creds: string" (optional)
           TLS credentials ID

       Since: 2.10

       BlockdevOptionsThrottle (Object)

       Driver specific block device options for the throttle driver

       Members:

       "throttle-group: string"
           the name of the throttle-group object to use. It must already exist.

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           reference to or definition of the data source block device

       Since: 2.11

       BlockdevOptions (Object)

       Options for creating a block device.  Many options are available for all block devices,
       independent of the block driver:

       Members:

       "driver: BlockdevDriver"
           block driver name

       "node-name: string" (optional)
           the node name of the new node (Since 2.0).  This option is required on the top level
           of blockdev-add.  Valid node names start with an alphabetic character and may contain
           only alphanumeric characters, '-', '.' and '_'. Their maximum length is 31 characters.

       "discard: BlockdevDiscardOptions" (optional)
           discard-related options (default: ignore)

       "cache: BlockdevCacheOptions" (optional)
           cache-related options

       "read-only: boolean" (optional)
           whether the block device should be read-only (default: false).  Note that some block
           drivers support only read-only access, either generally or in certain configurations.
           In this case, the default value does not work and the option must be specified
           explicitly.

       "auto-read-only: boolean" (optional)
           if true and "read-only" is false, QEMU may automatically decide not to open the image
           read-write as requested, but fall back to read-only instead (and switch between the
           modes later), e.g. depending on whether the image file is writable or whether a
           writing user is attached to the node (default: false, since 3.1)

       "detect-zeroes: BlockdevDetectZeroesOptions" (optional)
           detect and optimize zero writes (Since 2.1) (default: off)

       "force-share: boolean" (optional)
           force share all permission on added nodes.  Requires read-only=true. (Since 2.10)

       The members of "BlockdevOptionsBlkdebug" when "driver" is "blkdebug"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsBlklogwrites" when "driver" is "blklogwrites"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsBlkverify" when "driver" is "blkverify"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat" when "driver" is "bochs"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat" when "driver" is "cloop"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat" when "driver" is "copy-on-read"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat" when "driver" is "dmg"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsFile" when "driver" is "file"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsCurlFtp" when "driver" is "ftp"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsCurlFtps" when "driver" is "ftps"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGluster" when "driver" is "gluster"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsFile" when "driver" is "host_cdrom"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsFile" when "driver" is "host_device"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsCurlHttp" when "driver" is "http"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsCurlHttps" when "driver" is "https"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsIscsi" when "driver" is "iscsi"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsLUKS" when "driver" is "luks"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsNbd" when "driver" is "nbd"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsNfs" when "driver" is "nfs"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsNull" when "driver" is "null-aio"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsNull" when "driver" is "null-co"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsNVMe" when "driver" is "nvme"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat" when "driver" is "parallels"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsQcow2" when "driver" is "qcow2"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsQcow" when "driver" is "qcow"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat" when "driver" is "qed"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsQuorum" when "driver" is "quorum"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsRaw" when "driver" is "raw"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsRbd" when "driver" is "rbd"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsReplication" when "driver" is "replication" (If:
       "defined(CONFIG_REPLICATION)")
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsSheepdog" when "driver" is "sheepdog"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsSsh" when "driver" is "ssh"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsThrottle" when "driver" is "throttle"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat" when "driver" is "vdi"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat" when "driver" is "vhdx"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericCOWFormat" when "driver" is "vmdk"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsGenericFormat" when "driver" is "vpc"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsVVFAT" when "driver" is "vvfat"
       The members of "BlockdevOptionsVxHS" when "driver" is "vxhs"

       Remaining options are determined by the block driver.

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevRef (Alternate)

       Reference to a block device.

       Members:

       "definition: BlockdevOptions"
           defines a new block device inline

       "reference: string"
           references the ID of an existing block device

       Since: 2.9

       BlockdevRefOrNull (Alternate)

       Reference to a block device.

       Members:

       "definition: BlockdevOptions"
           defines a new block device inline

       "reference: string"
           references the ID of an existing block device.  An empty string means that no block
           device should be referenced.  Deprecated; use null instead.

       "null: null"
           No block device should be referenced (since 2.10)

       Since: 2.9

       blockdev-add  (Command) Creates a new block device. If the "id" option is given at the top
       level, a BlockBackend will be created; otherwise, "node-name" is mandatory at the top
       level and no BlockBackend will be created.

       Arguments: the members of "BlockdevOptions"

       Since: 2.9

       Example:

               1.
               -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
                    "arguments": {
                         "driver": "qcow2",
                         "node-name": "test1",
                         "file": {
                             "driver": "file",
                             "filename": "test.qcow2"
                          }
                     }
                   }
               <- { "return": {} }

               2.
               -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
                    "arguments": {
                         "driver": "qcow2",
                         "node-name": "node0",
                         "discard": "unmap",
                         "cache": {
                            "direct": true
                          },
                          "file": {
                            "driver": "file",
                            "filename": "/tmp/test.qcow2"
                          },
                          "backing": {
                             "driver": "raw",
                             "file": {
                                "driver": "file",
                                "filename": "/dev/fdset/4"
                              }
                          }
                      }
                    }

               <- { "return": {} }

       x-blockdev-reopen  (Command) Reopens a block device using the given set of options. Any
       option not specified will be reset to its default value regardless of its previous status.
       If an option cannot be changed or a particular driver does not support reopening then the
       command will return an error.

       The top-level "node-name" option (from BlockdevOptions) must be specified and is used to
       select the block device to be reopened.  Other "node-name" options must be either omitted
       or set to the current name of the appropriate node. This command won't change any node
       name and any attempt to do it will result in an error.

       In the case of options that refer to child nodes, the behavior of this command depends on
       the value:

       1) A set of options (BlockdevOptions): the child is reopened with the specified set of
       options.

       2) A reference to the current child: the child is reopened using its existing set of
       options.

       3) A reference to a different node: the current child is replaced with the specified one.

       4) NULL: the current child (if any) is detached.

       Options (1) and (2) are supported in all cases, but at the moment only "backing" allows
       replacing or detaching an existing child.

       Unlike with blockdev-add, the "backing" option must always be present unless the node
       being reopened does not have a backing file and its image does not have a default backing
       file name as part of its metadata.

       Arguments: the members of "BlockdevOptions"

       Since: 4.0

       blockdev-del  (Command) Deletes a block device that has been added using blockdev-add.
       The command will fail if the node is attached to a device or is otherwise being used.

       Arguments:

       "node-name: string"
           Name of the graph node to delete.

       Since: 2.9

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
                    "arguments": {
                         "driver": "qcow2",
                         "node-name": "node0",
                         "file": {
                             "driver": "file",
                             "filename": "test.qcow2"
                         }
                    }
                  }
               <- { "return": {} }

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-del",
                    "arguments": { "node-name": "node0" }
                  }
               <- { "return": {} }

       BlockdevCreateOptionsFile (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for file.

       "filename"         Filename for the new image file "size"             Size of the virtual
       disk in bytes "preallocation"    Preallocation mode for the new image (default: off)
       "nocow"            Turn off copy-on-write (valid only on btrfs; default: off)

       Members:

       "filename: string"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "preallocation: PreallocMode" (optional)
           Not documented

       "nocow: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsGluster (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for gluster.

       "location"         Where to store the new image file "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes "preallocation"    Preallocation mode for the new image (default:
       off)

       Members:

       "location: BlockdevOptionsGluster"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "preallocation: PreallocMode" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsLUKS (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for LUKS.

       "file"             Node to create the image format on "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       The members of "QCryptoBlockCreateOptionsLUKS"

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsNfs (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for NFS.

       "location"         Where to store the new image file "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes

       Members:

       "location: BlockdevOptionsNfs"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsParallels (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for parallels.

       "file"             Node to create the image format on "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes "cluster-size"     Cluster size in bytes (default: 1 MB)

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "cluster-size: int" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsQcow (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for qcow.

       "file"             Node to create the image format on "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes "backing-file"     File name of the backing file if a backing file
       should be used "encrypt"          Encryption options if the image should be encrypted

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "backing-file: string" (optional)
           Not documented

       "encrypt: QCryptoBlockCreateOptions" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevQcow2Version (Enum)

       Values:

       "v2"
           The original QCOW2 format as introduced in qemu 0.10 (version 2)

       "v3"
           The extended QCOW2 format as introduced in qemu 1.1 (version 3)

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsQcow2 (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for qcow2.

       "file"             Node to create the image format on "data-file"        Node to use as an
       external data file in which all guest data is stored so that only metadata remains in the
       qcow2 file (since: 4.0) "data-file-raw"    True if the external data file must stay valid
       as a standalone (read-only) raw image without looking at qcow2 metadata (default: false;
       since: 4.0) "size"             Size of the virtual disk in bytes "version"
       Compatibility level (default: v3) "backing-file"     File name of the backing file if a
       backing file should be used "backing-fmt"      Name of the block driver to use for the
       backing file "encrypt"          Encryption options if the image should be encrypted
       "cluster-size"     qcow2 cluster size in bytes (default: 65536) "preallocation"
       Preallocation mode for the new image (default: off) "lazy-refcounts"   True if refcounts
       may be updated lazily (default: off) "refcount-bits"    Width of reference counts in bits
       (default: 16)

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           Not documented

       "data-file: BlockdevRef" (optional)
           Not documented

       "data-file-raw: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "version: BlockdevQcow2Version" (optional)
           Not documented

       "backing-file: string" (optional)
           Not documented

       "backing-fmt: BlockdevDriver" (optional)
           Not documented

       "encrypt: QCryptoBlockCreateOptions" (optional)
           Not documented

       "cluster-size: int" (optional)
           Not documented

       "preallocation: PreallocMode" (optional)
           Not documented

       "lazy-refcounts: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       "refcount-bits: int" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsQed (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for qed.

       "file"             Node to create the image format on "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes "backing-file"     File name of the backing file if a backing file
       should be used "backing-fmt"      Name of the block driver to use for the backing file
       "cluster-size"     Cluster size in bytes (default: 65536) "table-size"       L1/L2 table
       size (in clusters)

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "backing-file: string" (optional)
           Not documented

       "backing-fmt: BlockdevDriver" (optional)
           Not documented

       "cluster-size: int" (optional)
           Not documented

       "table-size: int" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsRbd (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for rbd/Ceph.

       "location"         Where to store the new image file. This location cannot point to a
       snapshot.  "size"             Size of the virtual disk in bytes "cluster-size"     RBD
       object size

       Members:

       "location: BlockdevOptionsRbd"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "cluster-size: int" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevVmdkSubformat (Enum)

       Subformat options for VMDK images

       Values:

       "monolithicSparse"
           Single file image with sparse cluster allocation

       "monolithicFlat"
           Single flat data image and a descriptor file

       "twoGbMaxExtentSparse"
           Data is split into 2GB (per virtual LBA) sparse extent files, in addition to a
           descriptor file

       "twoGbMaxExtentFlat"
           Data is split into 2GB (per virtual LBA) flat extent files, in addition to a
           descriptor file

       "streamOptimized"
           Single file image sparse cluster allocation, optimized for streaming over network.

       Since: 4.0

       BlockdevVmdkAdapterType (Enum)

       Adapter type info for VMDK images

       Values:

       "ide"
           Not documented

       "buslogic"
           Not documented

       "lsilogic"
           Not documented

       "legacyESX"
           Not documented

       Since: 4.0

       BlockdevCreateOptionsVmdk (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for VMDK.

       "file"         Where to store the new image file. This refers to the image file for
       monolithcSparse and streamOptimized format, or the descriptor file for other formats.
       "size"         Size of the virtual disk in bytes "extents"      Where to store the data
       extents. Required for monolithcFlat, twoGbMaxExtentSparse and twoGbMaxExtentFlat formats.
       For monolithicFlat, only one entry is required; for twoGbMaxExtent* formats, the number of
       entries required is calculated as extent_number = virtual_size / 2GB. Providing more
       extents than will be used is an error.  "subformat"    The subformat of the VMDK image.
       Default: "monolithicSparse".  "backing-file" The path of backing file. Default: no backing
       file is used.  "adapter-type" The adapter type used to fill in the descriptor. Default:
       ide.  "hwversion"    Hardware version. The meaningful options are "4" or "6".  Default:
       "4".  "zeroed-grain" Whether to enable zeroed-grain feature for sparse subformats.
       Default: false.

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "extents: array of BlockdevRef" (optional)
           Not documented

       "subformat: BlockdevVmdkSubformat" (optional)
           Not documented

       "backing-file: string" (optional)
           Not documented

       "adapter-type: BlockdevVmdkAdapterType" (optional)
           Not documented

       "hwversion: string" (optional)
           Not documented

       "zeroed-grain: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 4.0

       SheepdogRedundancyType (Enum)

       "full"             Create a fully replicated vdi with x copies "erasure-coded"    Create
       an erasure coded vdi with x data strips and y parity strips

       Values:

       "full"
           Not documented

       "erasure-coded"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       SheepdogRedundancyFull (Object)

       "copies"           Number of copies to use (between 1 and 31)

       Members:

       "copies: int"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       SheepdogRedundancyErasureCoded (Object)

       "data-strips"      Number of data strips to use (one of {2,4,8,16}) "parity-strips"
       Number of parity strips to use (between 1 and 15)

       Members:

       "data-strips: int"
           Not documented

       "parity-strips: int"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       SheepdogRedundancy (Object)

       Members:

       "type: SheepdogRedundancyType"
           Not documented

       The members of "SheepdogRedundancyFull" when "type" is "full"
       The members of "SheepdogRedundancyErasureCoded" when "type" is "erasure-coded"

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsSheepdog (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for Sheepdog.

       "location"         Where to store the new image file "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes "backing-file"     File name of a base image "preallocation"
       Preallocation mode (allowed values: off, full) "redundancy"       Redundancy of the image
       "object-size"      Object size of the image

       Members:

       "location: BlockdevOptionsSheepdog"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "backing-file: string" (optional)
           Not documented

       "preallocation: PreallocMode" (optional)
           Not documented

       "redundancy: SheepdogRedundancy" (optional)
           Not documented

       "object-size: int" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsSsh (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for SSH.

       "location"         Where to store the new image file "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes

       Members:

       "location: BlockdevOptionsSsh"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsVdi (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for VDI.

       "file"             Node to create the image format on "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes "preallocation"    Preallocation mode for the new image (allowed
       values: off, metadata; default: off)

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "preallocation: PreallocMode" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevVhdxSubformat (Enum)

       Values:

       "dynamic"
           Growing image file

       "fixed"
           Preallocated fixed-size image file

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsVhdx (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for vhdx.

       "file"             Node to create the image format on "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes "log-size"         Log size in bytes, must be a multiple of 1 MB
       (default: 1 MB) "block-size"       Block size in bytes, must be a multiple of 1 MB and not
       larger than 256 MB (default: automatically choose a block size depending on the image
       size) "subformat"        vhdx subformat (default: dynamic) "block-state-zero" Force use of
       payload blocks of type 'ZERO'. Non-standard, but default.  Do not set to 'off' when using
       'qemu-img convert' with subformat=dynamic.

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "log-size: int" (optional)
           Not documented

       "block-size: int" (optional)
           Not documented

       "subformat: BlockdevVhdxSubformat" (optional)
           Not documented

       "block-state-zero: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevVpcSubformat (Enum)

       Values:

       "dynamic"
           Growing image file

       "fixed"
           Preallocated fixed-size image file

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptionsVpc (Object)

       Driver specific image creation options for vpc (VHD).

       "file"             Node to create the image format on "size"             Size of the
       virtual disk in bytes "subformat"        vhdx subformat (default: dynamic) "force-size"
       Force use of the exact byte size instead of rounding to the next size that can be
       represented in CHS geometry (default: false)

       Members:

       "file: BlockdevRef"
           Not documented

       "size: int"
           Not documented

       "subformat: BlockdevVpcSubformat" (optional)
           Not documented

       "force-size: boolean" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       BlockdevCreateOptions (Object)

       Options for creating an image format on a given node.

       "driver"           block driver to create the image format

       Members:

       "driver: BlockdevDriver"
           Not documented

       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsFile" when "driver" is "file"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsGluster" when "driver" is "gluster"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsLUKS" when "driver" is "luks"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsNfs" when "driver" is "nfs"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsParallels" when "driver" is "parallels"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsQcow" when "driver" is "qcow"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsQcow2" when "driver" is "qcow2"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsQed" when "driver" is "qed"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsRbd" when "driver" is "rbd"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsSheepdog" when "driver" is "sheepdog"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsSsh" when "driver" is "ssh"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsVdi" when "driver" is "vdi"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsVhdx" when "driver" is "vhdx"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsVmdk" when "driver" is "vmdk"
       The members of "BlockdevCreateOptionsVpc" when "driver" is "vpc"

       Since: 2.12

       blockdev-create  (Command) Starts a job to create an image format on a given node. The job
       is automatically finalized, but a manual job-dismiss is required.

       Arguments:

       "job-id: string"
           Identifier for the newly created job.

       "options: BlockdevCreateOptions"
           Options for the image creation.

       Since: 3.0

       blockdev-open-tray  (Command) Opens a block device's tray. If there is a block driver
       state tree inserted as a medium, it will become inaccessible to the guest (but it will
       remain associated to the block device, so closing the tray will make it accessible again).

       If the tray was already open before, this will be a no-op.

       Once the tray opens, a DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED event is emitted. There are cases in which no
       such event will be generated, these include:

       -   if the guest has locked the tray, "force" is false and the guest does not respond to
           the eject request

       -   if the BlockBackend denoted by "device" does not have a guest device attached to it

       -   if the guest device does not have an actual tray

       Arguments:

       "device: string" (optional)
           Block device name (deprecated, use "id" instead)

       "id: string" (optional)
           The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8)

       "force: boolean" (optional)
           if false (the default), an eject request will be sent to the guest if it has locked
           the tray (and the tray will not be opened immediately); if true, the tray will be
           opened regardless of whether it is locked

       Since: 2.5

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-open-tray",
                    "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } }

               <- { "timestamp": { "seconds": 1418751016,
                                   "microseconds": 716996 },
                    "event": "DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED",
                    "data": { "device": "ide1-cd0",
                              "id": "ide0-1-0",
                              "tray-open": true } }

               <- { "return": {} }

       blockdev-close-tray  (Command) Closes a block device's tray. If there is a block driver
       state tree associated with the block device (which is currently ejected), that tree will
       be loaded as the medium.

       If the tray was already closed before, this will be a no-op.

       Arguments:

       "device: string" (optional)
           Block device name (deprecated, use "id" instead)

       "id: string" (optional)
           The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8)

       Since: 2.5

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-close-tray",
                    "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } }

               <- { "timestamp": { "seconds": 1418751345,
                                   "microseconds": 272147 },
                    "event": "DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED",
                    "data": { "device": "ide1-cd0",
                              "id": "ide0-1-0",
                              "tray-open": false } }

               <- { "return": {} }

       blockdev-remove-medium  (Command) Removes a medium (a block driver state tree) from a
       block device. That block device's tray must currently be open (unless there is no attached
       guest device).

       If the tray is open and there is no medium inserted, this will be a no-op.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The name or QOM path of the guest device

       Since: 2.12

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-remove-medium",
                    "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } }

               <- { "error": { "class": "GenericError",
                               "desc": "Tray of device 'ide0-1-0' is not open" } }

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-open-tray",
                    "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } }

               <- { "timestamp": { "seconds": 1418751627,
                                   "microseconds": 549958 },
                    "event": "DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED",
                    "data": { "device": "ide1-cd0",
                              "id": "ide0-1-0",
                              "tray-open": true } }

               <- { "return": {} }

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-remove-medium",
                    "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0" } }

               <- { "return": {} }

       blockdev-insert-medium  (Command) Inserts a medium (a block driver state tree) into a
       block device. That block device's tray must currently be open (unless there is no attached
       guest device) and there must be no medium inserted already.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The name or QOM path of the guest device

       "node-name: string"
           name of a node in the block driver state graph

       Since: 2.12

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
                    "arguments": {
                        "node-name": "node0",
                        "driver": "raw",
                        "file": { "driver": "file",
                                  "filename": "fedora.iso" } } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-insert-medium",
                    "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0",
                                   "node-name": "node0" } }

               <- { "return": {} }

       BlockdevChangeReadOnlyMode (Enum)

       Specifies the new read-only mode of a block device subject to the "blockdev-change-medium"
       command.

       Values:

       "retain"
           Retains the current read-only mode

       "read-only"
           Makes the device read-only

       "read-write"
           Makes the device writable

       Since: 2.3

       blockdev-change-medium  (Command) Changes the medium inserted into a block device by
       ejecting the current medium and loading a new image file which is inserted as the new
       medium (this command combines blockdev-open-tray, blockdev-remove-medium, blockdev-insert-
       medium and blockdev-close-tray).

       Arguments:

       "device: string" (optional)
           Block device name (deprecated, use "id" instead)

       "id: string" (optional)
           The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8)

       "filename: string"
           filename of the new image to be loaded

       "format: string" (optional)
           format to open the new image with (defaults to the probed format)

       "read-only-mode: BlockdevChangeReadOnlyMode" (optional)
           change the read-only mode of the device; defaults to 'retain'

       Since: 2.5

       Examples:

               1. Change a removable medium

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-change-medium",
                    "arguments": { "id": "ide0-1-0",
                                   "filename": "/srv/images/Fedora-12-x86_64-DVD.iso",
                                   "format": "raw" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               2. Load a read-only medium into a writable drive

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-change-medium",
                    "arguments": { "id": "floppyA",
                                   "filename": "/srv/images/ro.img",
                                   "format": "raw",
                                   "read-only-mode": "retain" } }

               <- { "error":
                    { "class": "GenericError",
                      "desc": "Could not open '/srv/images/ro.img': Permission denied" } }

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-change-medium",
                    "arguments": { "id": "floppyA",
                                   "filename": "/srv/images/ro.img",
                                   "format": "raw",
                                   "read-only-mode": "read-only" } }

               <- { "return": {} }

       BlockErrorAction (Enum)

       An enumeration of action that has been taken when a DISK I/O occurs

       Values:

       "ignore"
           error has been ignored

       "report"
           error has been reported to the device

       "stop"
           error caused VM to be stopped

       Since: 2.1

       BLOCK_IMAGE_CORRUPTED  (Event) Emitted when a disk image is being marked corrupt. The
       image can be identified by its device or node name. The 'device' field is always present
       for compatibility reasons, but it can be empty ("") if the image does not have a device
       name associated.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           device name. This is always present for compatibility reasons, but it can be empty
           ("") if the image does not have a device name associated.

       "node-name: string" (optional)
           node name (Since: 2.4)

       "msg: string"
           informative message for human consumption, such as the kind of corruption being
           detected. It should not be parsed by machine as it is not guaranteed to be stable

       "offset: int" (optional)
           if the corruption resulted from an image access, this is the host's access offset into
           the image

       "size: int" (optional)
           if the corruption resulted from an image access, this is the access size

       "fatal: boolean"
           if set, the image is marked corrupt and therefore unusable after this event and must
           be repaired (Since 2.2; before, every BLOCK_IMAGE_CORRUPTED event was fatal)

       Note: If action is "stop", a STOP event will eventually follow the BLOCK_IO_ERROR event.

       Example:

               <- { "event": "BLOCK_IMAGE_CORRUPTED",
                    "data": { "device": "ide0-hd0", "node-name": "node0",
                              "msg": "Prevented active L1 table overwrite", "offset": 196608,
                              "size": 65536 },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1378126126, "microseconds": 966463 } }

       Since: 1.7

       BLOCK_IO_ERROR  (Event) Emitted when a disk I/O error occurs

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           device name. This is always present for compatibility reasons, but it can be empty
           ("") if the image does not have a device name associated.

       "node-name: string" (optional)
           node name. Note that errors may be reported for the root node that is directly
           attached to a guest device rather than for the node where the error occurred. The node
           name is not present if the drive is empty. (Since: 2.8)

       "operation: IoOperationType"
           I/O operation

       "action: BlockErrorAction"
           action that has been taken

       "nospace: boolean" (optional)
           true if I/O error was caused due to a no-space condition. This key is only present if
           query-block's io-status is present, please see query-block documentation for more
           information (since: 2.2)

       "reason: string"
           human readable string describing the error cause.  (This field is a debugging aid for
           humans, it should not be parsed by applications) (since: 2.2)

       Note: If action is "stop", a STOP event will eventually follow the BLOCK_IO_ERROR event

       Since: 0.13.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "BLOCK_IO_ERROR",
                    "data": { "device": "ide0-hd1",
                              "node-name": "#block212",
                              "operation": "write",
                              "action": "stop" },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

       BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED  (Event) Emitted when a block job has completed

       Arguments:

       "type: JobType"
           job type

       "device: string"
           The job identifier. Originally the device name but other values are allowed since QEMU
           2.7

       "len: int"
           maximum progress value

       "offset: int"
           current progress value. On success this is equal to len.  On failure this is less than
           len

       "speed: int"
           rate limit, bytes per second

       "error: string" (optional)
           error message. Only present on failure. This field contains a human-readable error
           message. There are no semantics other than that streaming has failed and clients
           should not try to interpret the error string

       Since: 1.1

       Example:

               <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_COMPLETED",
                    "data": { "type": "stream", "device": "virtio-disk0",
                              "len": 10737418240, "offset": 10737418240,
                              "speed": 0 },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267061043, "microseconds": 959568 } }

       BLOCK_JOB_CANCELLED  (Event) Emitted when a block job has been cancelled

       Arguments:

       "type: JobType"
           job type

       "device: string"
           The job identifier. Originally the device name but other values are allowed since QEMU
           2.7

       "len: int"
           maximum progress value

       "offset: int"
           current progress value. On success this is equal to len.  On failure this is less than
           len

       "speed: int"
           rate limit, bytes per second

       Since: 1.1

       Example:

               <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_CANCELLED",
                    "data": { "type": "stream", "device": "virtio-disk0",
                              "len": 10737418240, "offset": 134217728,
                              "speed": 0 },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267061043, "microseconds": 959568 } }

       BLOCK_JOB_ERROR  (Event) Emitted when a block job encounters an error

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           The job identifier. Originally the device name but other values are allowed since QEMU
           2.7

       "operation: IoOperationType"
           I/O operation

       "action: BlockErrorAction"
           action that has been taken

       Since: 1.3

       Example:

               <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_ERROR",
                    "data": { "device": "ide0-hd1",
                              "operation": "write",
                              "action": "stop" },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

       BLOCK_JOB_READY  (Event) Emitted when a block job is ready to complete

       Arguments:

       "type: JobType"
           job type

       "device: string"
           The job identifier. Originally the device name but other values are allowed since QEMU
           2.7

       "len: int"
           maximum progress value

       "offset: int"
           current progress value. On success this is equal to len.  On failure this is less than
           len

       "speed: int"
           rate limit, bytes per second

       Note: The "ready to complete" status is always reset by a "BLOCK_JOB_ERROR" event

       Since: 1.3

       Example:

               <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_READY",
                    "data": { "device": "drive0", "type": "mirror", "speed": 0,
                              "len": 2097152, "offset": 2097152 }
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

       BLOCK_JOB_PENDING  (Event) Emitted when a block job is awaiting explicit authorization to
       finalize graph changes via "block-job-finalize". If this job is part of a transaction, it
       will not emit this event until the transaction has converged first.

       Arguments:

       "type: JobType"
           job type

       "id: string"
           The job identifier.

       Since: 2.12

       Example:

               <- { "event": "BLOCK_JOB_WAITING",
                    "data": { "device": "drive0", "type": "mirror" },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

       PreallocMode (Enum)

       Preallocation mode of QEMU image file

       Values:

       "off"
           no preallocation

       "metadata"
           preallocate only for metadata

       "falloc"
           like "full" preallocation but allocate disk space by posix_fallocate() rather than
           writing zeros.

       "full"
           preallocate all data by writing zeros to device to ensure disk space is really
           available. "full" preallocation also sets up metadata correctly.

       Since: 2.2

       BLOCK_WRITE_THRESHOLD  (Event) Emitted when writes on block device reaches or exceeds the
       configured write threshold. For thin-provisioned devices, this means the device should be
       extended to avoid pausing for disk exhaustion.  The event is one shot. Once triggered, it
       needs to be re-registered with another block-set-write-threshold command.

       Arguments:

       "node-name: string"
           graph node name on which the threshold was exceeded.

       "amount-exceeded: int"
           amount of data which exceeded the threshold, in bytes.

       "write-threshold: int"
           last configured threshold, in bytes.

       Since: 2.3

       block-set-write-threshold  (Command) Change the write threshold for a block drive. An
       event will be delivered if a write to this block drive crosses the configured threshold.
       The threshold is an offset, thus must be non-negative. Default is no write threshold.
       Setting the threshold to zero disables it.

       This is useful to transparently resize thin-provisioned drives without the guest OS
       noticing.

       Arguments:

       "node-name: string"
           graph node name on which the threshold must be set.

       "write-threshold: int"
           configured threshold for the block device, bytes.  Use 0 to disable the threshold.

       Since: 2.3

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "block-set-write-threshold",
                    "arguments": { "node-name": "mydev",
                                   "write-threshold": 17179869184 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       x-blockdev-change  (Command) Dynamically reconfigure the block driver state graph. It can
       be used to add, remove, insert or replace a graph node. Currently only the Quorum driver
       implements this feature to add or remove its child. This is useful to fix a broken quorum
       child.

       If "node" is specified, it will be inserted under "parent". "child" may not be specified
       in this case. If both "parent" and "child" are specified but "node" is not, "child" will
       be detached from "parent".

       Arguments:

       "parent: string"
           the id or name of the parent node.

       "child: string" (optional)
           the name of a child under the given parent node.

       "node: string" (optional)
           the name of the node that will be added.

       Note: this command is experimental, and its API is not stable. It does not support all
       kinds of operations, all kinds of children, nor all block drivers.

       FIXME Removing children from a quorum node means introducing gaps in the child indices.
       This cannot be represented in the 'children' list of BlockdevOptionsQuorum, as returned by
       .bdrv_refresh_filename().

       Warning: The data in a new quorum child MUST be consistent with that of the rest of the
       array.

       Since: 2.7

       Example:

               1. Add a new node to a quorum
               -> { "execute": "blockdev-add",
                    "arguments": {
                        "driver": "raw",
                        "node-name": "new_node",
                        "file": { "driver": "file",
                                  "filename": "test.raw" } } }
               <- { "return": {} }
               -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-change",
                    "arguments": { "parent": "disk1",
                                   "node": "new_node" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               2. Delete a quorum's node
               -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-change",
                    "arguments": { "parent": "disk1",
                                   "child": "children.1" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       x-blockdev-set-iothread  (Command) Move "node" and its children into the "iothread".  If
       "iothread" is null then move "node" and its children into the main loop.

       The node must not be attached to a BlockBackend.

       Arguments:

       "node-name: string"
           the name of the block driver node

       "iothread: StrOrNull"
           the name of the IOThread object or null for the main loop

       "force: boolean" (optional)
           true if the node and its children should be moved when a BlockBackend is already
           attached

       Note: this command is experimental and intended for test cases that need control over
       IOThreads only.

       Since: 2.12

       Example:

               1. Move a node into an IOThread
               -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-set-iothread",
                    "arguments": { "node-name": "disk1",
                                   "iothread": "iothread0" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               2. Move a node into the main loop
               -> { "execute": "x-blockdev-set-iothread",
                    "arguments": { "node-name": "disk1",
                                   "iothread": null } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Additional block stuff (VM related)

       BiosAtaTranslation (Enum)

       Policy that BIOS should use to interpret cylinder/head/sector addresses.  Note that Bochs
       BIOS and SeaBIOS will not actually translate logical CHS to physical; instead, they will
       use logical block addressing.

       Values:

       "auto"
           If cylinder/heads/sizes are passed, choose between none and LBA depending on the size
           of the disk.  If they are not passed, choose none if QEMU can guess that the disk had
           16 or fewer heads, large if QEMU can guess that the disk had 131072 or fewer tracks
           across all heads (i.e. cylinders*heads<131072), otherwise LBA.

       "none"
           The physical disk geometry is equal to the logical geometry.

       "lba"
           Assume 63 sectors per track and one of 16, 32, 64, 128 or 255 heads (if fewer than 255
           are enough to cover the whole disk with 1024 cylinders/head).  The number of
           cylinders/head is then computed based on the number of sectors and heads.

       "large"
           The number of cylinders per head is scaled down to 1024 by correspondingly scaling up
           the number of heads.

       "rechs"
           Same as "large", but first convert a 16-head geometry to 15-head, by proportionally
           scaling up the number of cylinders/head.

       Since: 2.0

       FloppyDriveType (Enum)

       Type of Floppy drive to be emulated by the Floppy Disk Controller.

       Values:

       144 1.44MB 3.5" drive

       288 2.88MB 3.5" drive

       120 1.2MB 5.25" drive

       "none"
           No drive connected

       "auto"
           Automatically determined by inserted media at boot

       Since: 2.6

       BlockdevSnapshotInternal (Object)

       Members:

       "device: string"
           the device name or node-name of a root node to generate the snapshot from

       "name: string"
           the name of the internal snapshot to be created

       Notes: In transaction, if "name" is empty, or any snapshot matching "name" exists, the
       operation will fail. Only some image formats support it, for example, qcow2, rbd, and
       sheepdog.

       Since: 1.7

       PRManagerInfo (Object)

       Information about a persistent reservation manager

       Members:

       "id: string"
           the identifier of the persistent reservation manager

       "connected: boolean"
           true if the persistent reservation manager is connected to the underlying storage or
           helper

       Since: 3.0

       query-pr-managers  (Command) Returns a list of information about each persistent
       reservation manager.

       Returns: a list of "PRManagerInfo" for each persistent reservation manager

       Since: 3.0

       blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync  (Command) Synchronously take an internal snapshot of a
       block device, when the format of the image used supports it. If the name is an empty
       string, or a snapshot with name already exists, the operation will fail.

       For the arguments, see the documentation of BlockdevSnapshotInternal.

       Returns: nothing on success

       If "device" is not a valid block device, GenericError

       If any snapshot matching "name" exists, or "name" is empty, GenericError

       If the format of the image used does not support it, BlockFormatFeatureNotSupported

       Since: 1.7

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync",
                    "arguments": { "device": "ide-hd0",
                                   "name": "snapshot0" }
                  }
               <- { "return": {} }

       blockdev-snapshot-delete-internal-sync  (Command) Synchronously delete an internal
       snapshot of a block device, when the format of the image used support it. The snapshot is
       identified by name or id or both. One of the name or id is required. Return SnapshotInfo
       for the successfully deleted snapshot.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           the device name or node-name of a root node to delete the snapshot from

       "id: string" (optional)
           optional the snapshot's ID to be deleted

       "name: string" (optional)
           optional the snapshot's name to be deleted

       Returns: SnapshotInfo on success If "device" is not a valid block device, GenericError If
       snapshot not found, GenericError If the format of the image used does not support it,
       BlockFormatFeatureNotSupported If "id" and "name" are both not specified, GenericError

       Since: 1.7

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "blockdev-snapshot-delete-internal-sync",
                    "arguments": { "device": "ide-hd0",
                                   "name": "snapshot0" }
                  }
               <- { "return": {
                                  "id": "1",
                                  "name": "snapshot0",
                                  "vm-state-size": 0,
                                  "date-sec": 1000012,
                                  "date-nsec": 10,
                                  "vm-clock-sec": 100,
                                  "vm-clock-nsec": 20
                    }
                  }

       eject  (Command) Ejects a device from a removable drive.

       Arguments:

       "device: string" (optional)
           Block device name (deprecated, use "id" instead)

       "id: string" (optional)
           The name or QOM path of the guest device (since: 2.8)

       "force: boolean" (optional)
           If true, eject regardless of whether the drive is locked.  If not specified, the
           default value is false.

       Returns: Nothing on success

       If "device" is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

       Notes: Ejecting a device with no media results in success

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "eject", "arguments": { "id": "ide1-0-1" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       nbd-server-start  (Command) Start an NBD server listening on the given host and port.
       Block devices can then be exported using "nbd-server-add".  The NBD server will present
       them as named exports; for example, another QEMU instance could refer to them as
       "nbd:HOST:PORT:exportname=NAME".

       Arguments:

       "addr: SocketAddressLegacy"
           Address on which to listen.

       "tls-creds: string" (optional)
           ID of the TLS credentials object (since 2.6).

       "tls-authz: string" (optional)
           ID of the QAuthZ authorization object used to validate the client's x509 distinguished
           name. This object is is only resolved at time of use, so can be deleted and recreated
           on the fly while the NBD server is active.  If missing, it will default to denying
           access (since 4.0).

       Returns: error if the server is already running.

       Since: 1.3.0

       nbd-server-add  (Command) Export a block node to QEMU's embedded NBD server.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           The device name or node name of the node to be exported

       "name: string" (optional)
           Export name. If unspecified, the "device" parameter is used as the export name. (Since
           2.12)

       "writable: boolean" (optional)
           Whether clients should be able to write to the device via the NBD connection (default
           false).

       "bitmap: string" (optional)
           Also export the dirty bitmap reachable from "device", so the NBD client can use
           NBD_OPT_SET_META_CONTEXT with "qemu:dirty-bitmap:NAME" to inspect the bitmap. (since
           4.0)

       Returns: error if the server is not running, or export with the same name already exists.

       Since: 1.3.0

       NbdServerRemoveMode (Enum)

       Mode for removing an NBD export.

       Values:

       "safe"
           Remove export if there are no existing connections, fail otherwise.

       "hard"
           Drop all connections immediately and remove export.

       Potential additional modes to be added in the future:

       hide: Just hide export from new clients, leave existing connections as is.  Remove export
       after all clients are disconnected.

       soft: Hide export from new clients, answer with ESHUTDOWN for all further requests from
       existing clients.

       Since: 2.12

       nbd-server-remove  (Command) Remove NBD export by name.

       Arguments:

       "name: string"
           Export name.

       "mode: NbdServerRemoveMode" (optional)
           Mode of command operation. See "NbdServerRemoveMode" description.  Default is 'safe'.

       Returns: error if

       -   the server is not running

       -   export is not found

       -   mode is 'safe' and there are existing connections

       Since: 2.12

       nbd-server-stop  (Command) Stop QEMU's embedded NBD server, and unregister all devices
       previously added via "nbd-server-add".

       Since: 1.3.0

       DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED  (Event) Emitted whenever the tray of a removable device is moved by the
       guest or by HMP/QMP commands

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           Block device name. This is always present for compatibility reasons, but it can be
           empty ("") if the image does not have a device name associated.

       "id: string"
           The name or QOM path of the guest device (since 2.8)

       "tray-open: boolean"
           true if the tray has been opened or false if it has been closed

       Since: 1.1

       Example:

               <- { "event": "DEVICE_TRAY_MOVED",
                    "data": { "device": "ide1-cd0",
                              "id": "/machine/unattached/device[22]",
                              "tray-open": true
                    },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

       PR_MANAGER_STATUS_CHANGED  (Event) Emitted whenever the connected status of a persistent
       reservation manager changes.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           The id of the PR manager object

       "connected: boolean"
           true if the PR manager is connected to a backend

       Since: 3.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "PR_MANAGER_STATUS_CHANGED",
                    "data": { "id": "pr-helper0",
                              "connected": true
                    },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1519840375, "microseconds": 450486 } }

       QuorumOpType (Enum)

       An enumeration of the quorum operation types

       Values:

       "read"
           read operation

       "write"
           write operation

       "flush"
           flush operation

       Since: 2.6

       QUORUM_FAILURE  (Event) Emitted by the Quorum block driver if it fails to establish a
       quorum

       Arguments:

       "reference: string"
           device name if defined else node name

       "sector-num: int"
           number of the first sector of the failed read operation

       "sectors-count: int"
           failed read operation sector count

       Note: This event is rate-limited.

       Since: 2.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "QUORUM_FAILURE",
                    "data": { "reference": "usr1", "sector-num": 345435, "sectors-count": 5 },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344522075, "microseconds": 745528 } }

       QUORUM_REPORT_BAD  (Event) Emitted to report a corruption of a Quorum file

       Arguments:

       "type: QuorumOpType"
           quorum operation type (Since 2.6)

       "error: string" (optional)
           error message. Only present on failure. This field contains a human-readable error
           message. There are no semantics other than that the block layer reported an error and
           clients should not try to interpret the error string.

       "node-name: string"
           the graph node name of the block driver state

       "sector-num: int"
           number of the first sector of the failed read operation

       "sectors-count: int"
           failed read operation sector count

       Note: This event is rate-limited.

       Since: 2.0

       Example:

               1. Read operation

               { "event": "QUORUM_REPORT_BAD",
                    "data": { "node-name": "node0", "sector-num": 345435, "sectors-count": 5,
                              "type": "read" },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1344522075, "microseconds": 745528 } }

               2. Flush operation

               { "event": "QUORUM_REPORT_BAD",
                    "data": { "node-name": "node0", "sector-num": 0, "sectors-count": 2097120,
                              "type": "flush", "error": "Broken pipe" },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1456406829, "microseconds": 291763 } }

   Character devices
       ChardevInfo (Object)

       Information about a character device.

       Members:

       "label: string"
           the label of the character device

       "filename: string"
           the filename of the character device

       "frontend-open: boolean"
           shows whether the frontend device attached to this backend (eg. with the chardev=...
           option) is in open or closed state (since 2.1)

       Notes: "filename" is encoded using the QEMU command line character device encoding.  See
       the QEMU man page for details.

       Since: 0.14.0

       query-chardev  (Command) Returns information about current character devices.

       Returns: a list of "ChardevInfo"

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-chardev" }
               <- {
                     "return": [
                        {
                           "label": "charchannel0",
                           "filename": "unix:/var/lib/libvirt/qemu/seabios.rhel6.agent,server",
                           "frontend-open": false
                        },
                        {
                           "label": "charmonitor",
                           "filename": "unix:/var/lib/libvirt/qemu/seabios.rhel6.monitor,server",
                           "frontend-open": true
                        },
                        {
                           "label": "charserial0",
                           "filename": "pty:/dev/pts/2",
                           "frontend-open": true
                        }
                     ]
                  }

       ChardevBackendInfo (Object)

       Information about a character device backend

       Members:

       "name: string"
           The backend name

       Since: 2.0

       query-chardev-backends  (Command) Returns information about character device backends.

       Returns: a list of "ChardevBackendInfo"

       Since: 2.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-chardev-backends" }
               <- {
                     "return":[
                        {
                           "name":"udp"
                        },
                        {
                           "name":"tcp"
                        },
                        {
                           "name":"unix"
                        },
                        {
                           "name":"spiceport"
                        }
                     ]
                  }

       DataFormat (Enum)

       An enumeration of data format.

       Values:

       "utf8"
           Data is a UTF-8 string (RFC 3629)

       "base64"
           Data is Base64 encoded binary (RFC 3548)

       Since: 1.4

       ringbuf-write  (Command) Write to a ring buffer character device.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           the ring buffer character device name

       "data: string"
           data to write

       "format: DataFormat" (optional)
           data encoding (default 'utf8').

           -   base64: data must be base64 encoded text.  Its binary decoding gets written.

           -   utf8: data's UTF-8 encoding is written

           -   data itself is always Unicode regardless of format, like any other string.

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 1.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "ringbuf-write",
                    "arguments": { "device": "foo",
                                   "data": "abcdefgh",
                                   "format": "utf8" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       ringbuf-read  (Command) Read from a ring buffer character device.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           the ring buffer character device name

       "size: int"
           how many bytes to read at most

       "format: DataFormat" (optional)
           data encoding (default 'utf8').

           -   base64: the data read is returned in base64 encoding.

           -   utf8: the data read is interpreted as UTF-8.  Bug: can screw up when the buffer
               contains invalid UTF-8 sequences, NUL characters, after the ring buffer lost data,
               and when reading stops because the size limit is reached.

           -   The return value is always Unicode regardless of format, like any other string.

       Returns: data read from the device

       Since: 1.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "ringbuf-read",
                    "arguments": { "device": "foo",
                                   "size": 1000,
                                   "format": "utf8" } }
               <- { "return": "abcdefgh" }

       ChardevCommon (Object)

       Configuration shared across all chardev backends

       Members:

       "logfile: string" (optional)
           The name of a logfile to save output

       "logappend: boolean" (optional)
           true to append instead of truncate (default to false to truncate)

       Since: 2.6

       ChardevFile (Object)

       Configuration info for file chardevs.

       Members:

       "in: string" (optional)
           The name of the input file

       "out: string"
           The name of the output file

       "append: boolean" (optional)
           Open the file in append mode (default false to truncate) (Since 2.6)

       The members of "ChardevCommon"

       Since: 1.4

       ChardevHostdev (Object)

       Configuration info for device and pipe chardevs.

       Members:

       "device: string"
           The name of the special file for the device, i.e. /dev/ttyS0 on Unix or COM1: on
           Windows

       The members of "ChardevCommon"

       Since: 1.4

       ChardevSocket (Object)

       Configuration info for (stream) socket chardevs.

       Members:

       "addr: SocketAddressLegacy"
           socket address to listen on (server=true) or connect to (server=false)

       "tls-creds: string" (optional)
           the ID of the TLS credentials object (since 2.6)

       "tls-authz: string" (optional)
           the ID of the QAuthZ authorization object against which the client's x509
           distinguished name will be validated. This object is only resolved at time of use, so
           can be deleted and recreated on the fly while the chardev server is active.  If
           missing, it will default to denying access (since 4.0)

       "server: boolean" (optional)
           create server socket (default: true)

       "wait: boolean" (optional)
           wait for incoming connection on server sockets (default: false).

       "nodelay: boolean" (optional)
           set TCP_NODELAY socket option (default: false)

       "telnet: boolean" (optional)
           enable telnet protocol on server sockets (default: false)

       "tn3270: boolean" (optional)
           enable tn3270 protocol on server sockets (default: false) (Since: 2.10)

       "websocket: boolean" (optional)
           enable websocket protocol on server sockets (default: false) (Since: 3.1)

       "reconnect: int" (optional)
           For a client socket, if a socket is disconnected, then attempt a reconnect after the
           given number of seconds.  Setting this to zero disables this function. (default: 0)
           (Since: 2.2)

       The members of "ChardevCommon"

       Since: 1.4

       ChardevUdp (Object)

       Configuration info for datagram socket chardevs.

       Members:

       "remote: SocketAddressLegacy"
           remote address

       "local: SocketAddressLegacy" (optional)
           local address

       The members of "ChardevCommon"

       Since: 1.5

       ChardevMux (Object)

       Configuration info for mux chardevs.

       Members:

       "chardev: string"
           name of the base chardev.

       The members of "ChardevCommon"

       Since: 1.5

       ChardevStdio (Object)

       Configuration info for stdio chardevs.

       Members:

       "signal: boolean" (optional)
           Allow signals (such as SIGINT triggered by ^C) be delivered to qemu.  Default: true in
           -nographic mode, false otherwise.

       The members of "ChardevCommon"

       Since: 1.5

       ChardevSpiceChannel (Object)

       Configuration info for spice vm channel chardevs.

       Members:

       "type: string"
           kind of channel (for example vdagent).

       The members of "ChardevCommon"

       Since: 1.5

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       ChardevSpicePort (Object)

       Configuration info for spice port chardevs.

       Members:

       "fqdn: string"
           name of the channel (see docs/spice-port-fqdn.txt)

       The members of "ChardevCommon"

       Since: 1.5

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       ChardevVC (Object)

       Configuration info for virtual console chardevs.

       Members:

       "width: int" (optional)
           console width,  in pixels

       "height: int" (optional)
           console height, in pixels

       "cols: int" (optional)
           console width,  in chars

       "rows: int" (optional)
           console height, in chars

       The members of "ChardevCommon"

       Since: 1.5

       ChardevRingbuf (Object)

       Configuration info for ring buffer chardevs.

       Members:

       "size: int" (optional)
           ring buffer size, must be power of two, default is 65536

       The members of "ChardevCommon"

       Since: 1.5

       ChardevBackend (Object)

       Configuration info for the new chardev backend.

       Members:

       "type"
           One of "file", "serial", "parallel", "pipe", "socket", "udp", "pty", "null", "mux",
           "msmouse", "wctablet", "braille", "testdev", "stdio", "console", "spicevmc",
           "spiceport", "vc", "ringbuf", "memory"

       "data: ChardevFile" when "type" is "file"
       "data: ChardevHostdev" when "type" is "serial"
       "data: ChardevHostdev" when "type" is "parallel"
       "data: ChardevHostdev" when "type" is "pipe"
       "data: ChardevSocket" when "type" is "socket"
       "data: ChardevUdp" when "type" is "udp"
       "data: ChardevCommon" when "type" is "pty"
       "data: ChardevCommon" when "type" is "null"
       "data: ChardevMux" when "type" is "mux"
       "data: ChardevCommon" when "type" is "msmouse"
       "data: ChardevCommon" when "type" is "wctablet"
       "data: ChardevCommon" when "type" is "braille"
       "data: ChardevCommon" when "type" is "testdev"
       "data: ChardevStdio" when "type" is "stdio"
       "data: ChardevCommon" when "type" is "console"
       "data: ChardevSpiceChannel" when "type" is "spicevmc" (If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)")
       "data: ChardevSpicePort" when "type" is "spiceport" (If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)")
       "data: ChardevVC" when "type" is "vc"
       "data: ChardevRingbuf" when "type" is "ringbuf"
       "data: ChardevRingbuf" when "type" is "memory"

       Since: 1.4 (testdev since 2.2, wctablet since 2.9)

       ChardevReturn (Object)

       Return info about the chardev backend just created.

       Members:

       "pty: string" (optional)
           name of the slave pseudoterminal device, present if and only if a chardev of type
           'pty' was created

       Since: 1.4

       chardev-add  (Command) Add a character device backend

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           the chardev's ID, must be unique

       "backend: ChardevBackend"
           backend type and parameters

       Returns: ChardevReturn.

       Since: 1.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute" : "chardev-add",
                    "arguments" : { "id" : "foo",
                                    "backend" : { "type" : "null", "data" : {} } } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               -> { "execute" : "chardev-add",
                    "arguments" : { "id" : "bar",
                                    "backend" : { "type" : "file",
                                                  "data" : { "out" : "/tmp/bar.log" } } } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               -> { "execute" : "chardev-add",
                    "arguments" : { "id" : "baz",
                                    "backend" : { "type" : "pty", "data" : {} } } }
               <- { "return": { "pty" : "/dev/pty/42" } }

       chardev-change  (Command) Change a character device backend

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           the chardev's ID, must exist

       "backend: ChardevBackend"
           new backend type and parameters

       Returns: ChardevReturn.

       Since: 2.10

       Example:

               -> { "execute" : "chardev-change",
                    "arguments" : { "id" : "baz",
                                    "backend" : { "type" : "pty", "data" : {} } } }
               <- { "return": { "pty" : "/dev/pty/42" } }

               -> {"execute" : "chardev-change",
                   "arguments" : {
                       "id" : "charchannel2",
                       "backend" : {
                           "type" : "socket",
                           "data" : {
                               "addr" : {
                                   "type" : "unix" ,
                                   "data" : {
                                       "path" : "/tmp/charchannel2.socket"
                                   }
                                },
                                "server" : true,
                                "wait" : false }}}}
               <- {"return": {}}

       chardev-remove  (Command) Remove a character device backend

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           the chardev's ID, must exist and not be in use

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 1.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "chardev-remove", "arguments": { "id" : "foo" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       chardev-send-break  (Command) Send a break to a character device

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           the chardev's ID, must exist

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 2.10

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "chardev-send-break", "arguments": { "id" : "foo" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       VSERPORT_CHANGE  (Event) Emitted when the guest opens or closes a virtio-serial port.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           device identifier of the virtio-serial port

       "open: boolean"
           true if the guest has opened the virtio-serial port

       Since: 2.1

       Example:

               <- { "event": "VSERPORT_CHANGE",
                    "data": { "id": "channel0", "open": true },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1401385907, "microseconds": 422329 } }

   Net devices
       set_link  (Command) Sets the link status of a virtual network adapter.

       Arguments:

       "name: string"
           the device name of the virtual network adapter

       "up: boolean"
           true to set the link status to be up

       Returns: Nothing on success If "name" is not a valid network device, DeviceNotFound

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: Not all network adapters support setting link status.  This command will succeed
       even if the network adapter does not support link status notification.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "set_link",
                    "arguments": { "name": "e1000.0", "up": false } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       netdev_add  (Command) Add a network backend.

       Arguments:

       "type: string"
           the type of network backend. Possible values are listed in NetClientDriver (excluding
           'none' and 'nic')

       "id: string"
           the name of the new network backend

       Additional arguments depend on the type.

       TODO: This command effectively bypasses QAPI completely due to its "additional arguments"
       business.  It shouldn't have been added to the schema in this form.  It should be qapified
       properly, or replaced by a properly qapified command.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Returns: Nothing on success If "type" is not a valid network backend, DeviceNotFound

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "netdev_add",
                    "arguments": { "type": "user", "id": "netdev1",
                                   "dnssearch": "example.org" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       netdev_del  (Command) Remove a network backend.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           the name of the network backend to remove

       Returns: Nothing on success If "id" is not a valid network backend, DeviceNotFound

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "netdev_del", "arguments": { "id": "netdev1" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       NetLegacyNicOptions (Object)

       Create a new Network Interface Card.

       Members:

       "netdev: string" (optional)
           id of -netdev to connect to

       "macaddr: string" (optional)
           MAC address

       "model: string" (optional)
           device model (e1000, rtl8139, virtio etc.)

       "addr: string" (optional)
           PCI device address

       "vectors: int" (optional)
           number of MSI-x vectors, 0 to disable MSI-X

       Since: 1.2

       NetdevUserOptions (Object)

       Use the user mode network stack which requires no administrator privilege to run.

       Members:

       "hostname: string" (optional)
           client hostname reported by the builtin DHCP server

       "restrict: boolean" (optional)
           isolate the guest from the host

       "ipv4: boolean" (optional)
           whether to support IPv4, default true for enabled (since 2.6)

       "ipv6: boolean" (optional)
           whether to support IPv6, default true for enabled (since 2.6)

       "ip: string" (optional)
           legacy parameter, use net= instead

       "net: string" (optional)
           IP network address that the guest will see, in the form addr[/netmask] The netmask is
           optional, and can be either in the form a.b.c.d or as a number of valid top-most bits.
           Default is 10.0.2.0/24.

       "host: string" (optional)
           guest-visible address of the host

       "tftp: string" (optional)
           root directory of the built-in TFTP server

       "bootfile: string" (optional)
           BOOTP filename, for use with tftp=

       "dhcpstart: string" (optional)
           the first of the 16 IPs the built-in DHCP server can assign

       "dns: string" (optional)
           guest-visible address of the virtual nameserver

       "dnssearch: array of String" (optional)
           list of DNS suffixes to search, passed as DHCP option to the guest

       "domainname: string" (optional)
           guest-visible domain name of the virtual nameserver (since 3.0)

       "ipv6-prefix: string" (optional)
           IPv6 network prefix (default is fec0::) (since 2.6). The network prefix is given in
           the usual hexadecimal IPv6 address notation.

       "ipv6-prefixlen: int" (optional)
           IPv6 network prefix length (default is 64) (since 2.6)

       "ipv6-host: string" (optional)
           guest-visible IPv6 address of the host (since 2.6)

       "ipv6-dns: string" (optional)
           guest-visible IPv6 address of the virtual nameserver (since 2.6)

       "smb: string" (optional)
           root directory of the built-in SMB server

       "smbserver: string" (optional)
           IP address of the built-in SMB server

       "hostfwd: array of String" (optional)
           redirect incoming TCP or UDP host connections to guest endpoints

       "guestfwd: array of String" (optional)
           forward guest TCP connections

       "tftp-server-name: string" (optional)
           RFC2132 "TFTP server name" string (Since 3.1)

       Since: 1.2

       NetdevTapOptions (Object)

       Used to configure a host TAP network interface backend.

       Members:

       "ifname: string" (optional)
           interface name

       "fd: string" (optional)
           file descriptor of an already opened tap

       "fds: string" (optional)
           multiple file descriptors of already opened multiqueue capable tap

       "script: string" (optional)
           script to initialize the interface

       "downscript: string" (optional)
           script to shut down the interface

       "br: string" (optional)
           bridge name (since 2.8)

       "helper: string" (optional)
           command to execute to configure bridge

       "sndbuf: int" (optional)
           send buffer limit. Understands [TGMKkb] suffixes.

       "vnet_hdr: boolean" (optional)
           enable the IFF_VNET_HDR flag on the tap interface

       "vhost: boolean" (optional)
           enable vhost-net network accelerator

       "vhostfd: string" (optional)
           file descriptor of an already opened vhost net device

       "vhostfds: string" (optional)
           file descriptors of multiple already opened vhost net devices

       "vhostforce: boolean" (optional)
           vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests

       "queues: int" (optional)
           number of queues to be created for multiqueue capable tap

       "poll-us: int" (optional)
           maximum number of microseconds that could be spent on busy polling for tap (since 2.7)

       Since: 1.2

       NetdevSocketOptions (Object)

       Socket netdevs are used to establish a network connection to another QEMU virtual machine
       via a TCP socket.

       Members:

       "fd: string" (optional)
           file descriptor of an already opened socket

       "listen: string" (optional)
           port number, and optional hostname, to listen on

       "connect: string" (optional)
           port number, and optional hostname, to connect to

       "mcast: string" (optional)
           UDP multicast address and port number

       "localaddr: string" (optional)
           source address and port for multicast and udp packets

       "udp: string" (optional)
           UDP unicast address and port number

       Since: 1.2

       NetdevL2TPv3Options (Object)

       Configure an Ethernet over L2TPv3 tunnel.

       Members:

       "src: string"
           source address

       "dst: string"
           destination address

       "srcport: string" (optional)
           source port - mandatory for udp, optional for ip

       "dstport: string" (optional)
           destination port - mandatory for udp, optional for ip

       "ipv6: boolean" (optional)
           force the use of ipv6

       "udp: boolean" (optional)
           use the udp version of l2tpv3 encapsulation

       "cookie64: boolean" (optional)
           use 64 bit coookies

       "counter: boolean" (optional)
           have sequence counter

       "pincounter: boolean" (optional)
           pin sequence counter to zero - workaround for buggy implementations or networks with
           packet reorder

       "txcookie: int" (optional)
           32 or 64 bit transmit cookie

       "rxcookie: int" (optional)
           32 or 64 bit receive cookie

       "txsession: int"
           32 bit transmit session

       "rxsession: int" (optional)
           32 bit receive session - if not specified set to the same value as transmit

       "offset: int" (optional)
           additional offset - allows the insertion of additional application-specific data
           before the packet payload

       Since: 2.1

       NetdevVdeOptions (Object)

       Connect to a vde switch running on the host.

       Members:

       "sock: string" (optional)
           socket path

       "port: int" (optional)
           port number

       "group: string" (optional)
           group owner of socket

       "mode: int" (optional)
           permissions for socket

       Since: 1.2

       NetdevBridgeOptions (Object)

       Connect a host TAP network interface to a host bridge device.

       Members:

       "br: string" (optional)
           bridge name

       "helper: string" (optional)
           command to execute to configure bridge

       Since: 1.2

       NetdevHubPortOptions (Object)

       Connect two or more net clients through a software hub.

       Members:

       "hubid: int"
           hub identifier number

       "netdev: string" (optional)
           used to connect hub to a netdev instead of a device (since 2.12)

       Since: 1.2

       NetdevNetmapOptions (Object)

       Connect a client to a netmap-enabled NIC or to a VALE switch port

       Members:

       "ifname: string"
           Either the name of an existing network interface supported by netmap, or the name of a
           VALE port (created on the fly).  A VALE port name is in the form 'valeXXX:YYY', where
           XXX and YYY are non-negative integers. XXX identifies a switch and YYY identifies a
           port of the switch. VALE ports having the same XXX are therefore connected to the same
           switch.

       "devname: string" (optional)
           path of the netmap device (default: '/dev/netmap').

       Since: 2.0

       NetdevVhostUserOptions (Object)

       Vhost-user network backend

       Members:

       "chardev: string"
           name of a unix socket chardev

       "vhostforce: boolean" (optional)
           vhost on for non-MSIX virtio guests (default: false).

       "queues: int" (optional)
           number of queues to be created for multiqueue vhost-user (default: 1) (Since 2.5)

       Since: 2.1

       NetClientDriver (Enum)

       Available netdev drivers.

       Values:

       "none"
           Not documented

       "nic"
           Not documented

       "user"
           Not documented

       "tap"
           Not documented

       "l2tpv3"
           Not documented

       "socket"
           Not documented

       "vde"
           Not documented

       "bridge"
           Not documented

       "hubport"
           Not documented

       "netmap"
           Not documented

       "vhost-user"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.7

       'dump': dropped in 2.12

       Netdev (Object)

       Captures the configuration of a network device.

       Members:

       "id: string"
           identifier for monitor commands.

       "type: NetClientDriver"
           Specify the driver used for interpreting remaining arguments.

       The members of "NetLegacyNicOptions" when "type" is "nic"
       The members of "NetdevUserOptions" when "type" is "user"
       The members of "NetdevTapOptions" when "type" is "tap"
       The members of "NetdevL2TPv3Options" when "type" is "l2tpv3"
       The members of "NetdevSocketOptions" when "type" is "socket"
       The members of "NetdevVdeOptions" when "type" is "vde"
       The members of "NetdevBridgeOptions" when "type" is "bridge"
       The members of "NetdevHubPortOptions" when "type" is "hubport"
       The members of "NetdevNetmapOptions" when "type" is "netmap"
       The members of "NetdevVhostUserOptions" when "type" is "vhost-user"

       Since: 1.2

       'l2tpv3' - since 2.1

       NetLegacy (Object)

       Captures the configuration of a network device; legacy.

       Members:

       "id: string" (optional)
           identifier for monitor commands

       "name: string" (optional)
           identifier for monitor commands, ignored if "id" is present

       "opts: NetLegacyOptions"
           device type specific properties (legacy)

       Since: 1.2

       'vlan': dropped in 3.0

       NetLegacyOptionsType (Enum)

       Values:

       "none"
           Not documented

       "nic"
           Not documented

       "user"
           Not documented

       "tap"
           Not documented

       "l2tpv3"
           Not documented

       "socket"
           Not documented

       "vde"
           Not documented

       "bridge"
           Not documented

       "netmap"
           Not documented

       "vhost-user"
           Not documented

       Since: 1.2

       NetLegacyOptions (Object)

       Like Netdev, but for use only by the legacy command line options

       Members:

       "type: NetLegacyOptionsType"
           Not documented

       The members of "NetLegacyNicOptions" when "type" is "nic"
       The members of "NetdevUserOptions" when "type" is "user"
       The members of "NetdevTapOptions" when "type" is "tap"
       The members of "NetdevL2TPv3Options" when "type" is "l2tpv3"
       The members of "NetdevSocketOptions" when "type" is "socket"
       The members of "NetdevVdeOptions" when "type" is "vde"
       The members of "NetdevBridgeOptions" when "type" is "bridge"
       The members of "NetdevNetmapOptions" when "type" is "netmap"
       The members of "NetdevVhostUserOptions" when "type" is "vhost-user"

       Since: 1.2

       NetFilterDirection (Enum)

       Indicates whether a netfilter is attached to a netdev's transmit queue or receive queue or
       both.

       Values:

       "all"
           the filter is attached both to the receive and the transmit queue of the netdev
           (default).

       "rx"
           the filter is attached to the receive queue of the netdev, where it will receive
           packets sent to the netdev.

       "tx"
           the filter is attached to the transmit queue of the netdev, where it will receive
           packets sent by the netdev.

       Since: 2.5

       RxState (Enum)

       Packets receiving state

       Values:

       "normal"
           filter assigned packets according to the mac-table

       "none"
           don't receive any assigned packet

       "all"
           receive all assigned packets

       Since: 1.6

       RxFilterInfo (Object)

       Rx-filter information for a NIC.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           net client name

       "promiscuous: boolean"
           whether promiscuous mode is enabled

       "multicast: RxState"
           multicast receive state

       "unicast: RxState"
           unicast receive state

       "vlan: RxState"
           vlan receive state (Since 2.0)

       "broadcast-allowed: boolean"
           whether to receive broadcast

       "multicast-overflow: boolean"
           multicast table is overflowed or not

       "unicast-overflow: boolean"
           unicast table is overflowed or not

       "main-mac: string"
           the main macaddr string

       "vlan-table: array of int"
           a list of active vlan id

       "unicast-table: array of string"
           a list of unicast macaddr string

       "multicast-table: array of string"
           a list of multicast macaddr string

       Since: 1.6

       query-rx-filter  (Command) Return rx-filter information for all NICs (or for the given
       NIC).

       Arguments:

       "name: string" (optional)
           net client name

       Returns: list of "RxFilterInfo" for all NICs (or for the given NIC).  Returns an error if
       the given "name" doesn't exist, or given NIC doesn't support rx-filter querying, or given
       net client isn't a NIC.

       Since: 1.6

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-rx-filter", "arguments": { "name": "vnet0" } }
               <- { "return": [
                       {
                           "promiscuous": true,
                           "name": "vnet0",
                           "main-mac": "52:54:00:12:34:56",
                           "unicast": "normal",
                           "vlan": "normal",
                           "vlan-table": [
                               4,
                               0
                           ],
                           "unicast-table": [
                           ],
                           "multicast": "normal",
                           "multicast-overflow": false,
                           "unicast-overflow": false,
                           "multicast-table": [
                               "01:00:5e:00:00:01",
                               "33:33:00:00:00:01",
                               "33:33:ff:12:34:56"
                           ],
                           "broadcast-allowed": false
                       }
                     ]
                  }

       NIC_RX_FILTER_CHANGED  (Event) Emitted once until the 'query-rx-filter' command is
       executed, the first event will always be emitted

       Arguments:

       "name: string" (optional)
           net client name

       "path: string"
           device path

       Since: 1.6

       Example:

               <- { "event": "NIC_RX_FILTER_CHANGED",
                    "data": { "name": "vnet0",
                              "path": "/machine/peripheral/vnet0/virtio-backend" },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1368697518, "microseconds": 326866 } }
                  }

       AnnounceParameters (Object)

       Parameters for self-announce timers

       Members:

       "initial: int"
           Initial delay (in ms) before sending the first GARP/RARP announcement

       "max: int"
           Maximum delay (in ms) between GARP/RARP announcement packets

       "rounds: int"
           Number of self-announcement attempts

       "step: int"
           Delay increase (in ms) after each self-announcement attempt

       Since: 4.0

       announce-self  (Command) Trigger generation of broadcast RARP frames to update network
       switches.  This can be useful when network bonds fail-over the active slave.

       Arguments: the members of "AnnounceParameters"

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "announce-self"
                    "arguments": {
                        "initial": 50, "max": 550, "rounds": 10, "step": 50 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Since: 4.0

   RDMA device
       RDMA_GID_STATUS_CHANGED  (Event) Emitted when guest driver adds/deletes GID to/from device

       Arguments:

       "netdev: string"
           RoCE Network Device name

       "gid-status: boolean"
           Add or delete indication

       "subnet-prefix: int"
           Subnet Prefix

       "interface-id: int"
           Not documented

       "interface-id" : Interface ID

       Since: 4.0

       Example:

               <- {"timestamp": {"seconds": 1541579657, "microseconds": 986760},
                   "event": "RDMA_GID_STATUS_CHANGED",
                   "data":
                       {"netdev": "bridge0",
                       "interface-id": 15880512517475447892,
                       "gid-status": true,
                       "subnet-prefix": 33022}}

   Rocker switch device
       RockerSwitch (Object)

       Rocker switch information.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           switch name

       "id: int"
           switch ID

       "ports: int"
           number of front-panel ports

       Since: 2.4

       query-rocker  (Command) Return rocker switch information.

       Arguments:

       "name: string"
           Not documented

       Returns: "Rocker" information

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-rocker", "arguments": { "name": "sw1" } }
               <- { "return": {"name": "sw1", "ports": 2, "id": 1327446905938}}

       RockerPortDuplex (Enum)

       An eumeration of port duplex states.

       Values:

       "half"
           half duplex

       "full"
           full duplex

       Since: 2.4

       RockerPortAutoneg (Enum)

       An eumeration of port autoneg states.

       Values:

       "off"
           autoneg is off

       "on"
           autoneg is on

       Since: 2.4

       RockerPort (Object)

       Rocker switch port information.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           port name

       "enabled: boolean"
           port is enabled for I/O

       "link-up: boolean"
           physical link is UP on port

       "speed: int"
           port link speed in Mbps

       "duplex: RockerPortDuplex"
           port link duplex

       "autoneg: RockerPortAutoneg"
           port link autoneg

       Since: 2.4

       query-rocker-ports  (Command) Return rocker switch port information.

       Arguments:

       "name: string"
           Not documented

       Returns: a list of "RockerPort" information

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-rocker-ports", "arguments": { "name": "sw1" } }
               <- { "return": [ {"duplex": "full", "enabled": true, "name": "sw1.1",
                                 "autoneg": "off", "link-up": true, "speed": 10000},
                                {"duplex": "full", "enabled": true, "name": "sw1.2",
                                 "autoneg": "off", "link-up": true, "speed": 10000}
                  ]}

       RockerOfDpaFlowKey (Object)

       Rocker switch OF-DPA flow key

       Members:

       "priority: int"
           key priority, 0 being lowest priority

       "tbl-id: int"
           flow table ID

       "in-pport: int" (optional)
           physical input port

       "tunnel-id: int" (optional)
           tunnel ID

       "vlan-id: int" (optional)
           VLAN ID

       "eth-type: int" (optional)
           Ethernet header type

       "eth-src: string" (optional)
           Ethernet header source MAC address

       "eth-dst: string" (optional)
           Ethernet header destination MAC address

       "ip-proto: int" (optional)
           IP Header protocol field

       "ip-tos: int" (optional)
           IP header TOS field

       "ip-dst: string" (optional)
           IP header destination address

       Note: optional members may or may not appear in the flow key depending if they're relevant
       to the flow key.

       Since: 2.4

       RockerOfDpaFlowMask (Object)

       Rocker switch OF-DPA flow mask

       Members:

       "in-pport: int" (optional)
           physical input port

       "tunnel-id: int" (optional)
           tunnel ID

       "vlan-id: int" (optional)
           VLAN ID

       "eth-src: string" (optional)
           Ethernet header source MAC address

       "eth-dst: string" (optional)
           Ethernet header destination MAC address

       "ip-proto: int" (optional)
           IP Header protocol field

       "ip-tos: int" (optional)
           IP header TOS field

       Note: optional members may or may not appear in the flow mask depending if they're
       relevant to the flow mask.

       Since: 2.4

       RockerOfDpaFlowAction (Object)

       Rocker switch OF-DPA flow action

       Members:

       "goto-tbl: int" (optional)
           next table ID

       "group-id: int" (optional)
           group ID

       "tunnel-lport: int" (optional)
           tunnel logical port ID

       "vlan-id: int" (optional)
           VLAN ID

       "new-vlan-id: int" (optional)
           new VLAN ID

       "out-pport: int" (optional)
           physical output port

       Note: optional members may or may not appear in the flow action depending if they're
       relevant to the flow action.

       Since: 2.4

       RockerOfDpaFlow (Object)

       Rocker switch OF-DPA flow

       Members:

       "cookie: int"
           flow unique cookie ID

       "hits: int"
           count of matches (hits) on flow

       "key: RockerOfDpaFlowKey"
           flow key

       "mask: RockerOfDpaFlowMask"
           flow mask

       "action: RockerOfDpaFlowAction"
           flow action

       Since: 2.4

       query-rocker-of-dpa-flows  (Command) Return rocker OF-DPA flow information.

       Arguments:

       "name: string"
           switch name

       "tbl-id: int" (optional)
           flow table ID.  If tbl-id is not specified, returns flow information for all tables.

       Returns: rocker OF-DPA flow information

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-rocker-of-dpa-flows",
                    "arguments": { "name": "sw1" } }
               <- { "return": [ {"key": {"in-pport": 0, "priority": 1, "tbl-id": 0},
                                 "hits": 138,
                                 "cookie": 0,
                                 "action": {"goto-tbl": 10},
                                 "mask": {"in-pport": 4294901760}
                                },
                                {...more...},
                  ]}

       RockerOfDpaGroup (Object)

       Rocker switch OF-DPA group

       Members:

       "id: int"
           group unique ID

       "type: int"
           group type

       "vlan-id: int" (optional)
           VLAN ID

       "pport: int" (optional)
           physical port number

       "index: int" (optional)
           group index, unique with group type

       "out-pport: int" (optional)
           output physical port number

       "group-id: int" (optional)
           next group ID

       "set-vlan-id: int" (optional)
           VLAN ID to set

       "pop-vlan: int" (optional)
           pop VLAN headr from packet

       "group-ids: array of int" (optional)
           list of next group IDs

       "set-eth-src: string" (optional)
           set source MAC address in Ethernet header

       "set-eth-dst: string" (optional)
           set destination MAC address in Ethernet header

       "ttl-check: int" (optional)
           perform TTL check

       Note: optional members may or may not appear in the group depending if they're relevant to
       the group type.

       Since: 2.4

       query-rocker-of-dpa-groups  (Command) Return rocker OF-DPA group information.

       Arguments:

       "name: string"
           switch name

       "type: int" (optional)
           group type.  If type is not specified, returns group information for all group types.

       Returns: rocker OF-DPA group information

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-rocker-of-dpa-groups",
                    "arguments": { "name": "sw1" } }
               <- { "return": [ {"type": 0, "out-pport": 2,
                                 "pport": 2, "vlan-id": 3841,
                                 "pop-vlan": 1, "id": 251723778},
                                {"type": 0, "out-pport": 0,
                                 "pport": 0, "vlan-id": 3841,
                                 "pop-vlan": 1, "id": 251723776},
                                {"type": 0, "out-pport": 1,
                                 "pport": 1, "vlan-id": 3840,
                                 "pop-vlan": 1, "id": 251658241},
                                {"type": 0, "out-pport": 0,
                                 "pport": 0, "vlan-id": 3840,
                                 "pop-vlan": 1, "id": 251658240}
                  ]}

   TPM (trusted platform module) devices
       TpmModel (Enum)

       An enumeration of TPM models

       Values:

       "tpm-tis"
           TPM TIS model

       "tpm-crb"
           TPM CRB model (since 2.12)

       Since: 1.5

       query-tpm-models  (Command) Return a list of supported TPM models

       Returns: a list of TpmModel

       Since: 1.5

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-tpm-models" }
               <- { "return": [ "tpm-tis", "tpm-crb" ] }

       TpmType (Enum)

       An enumeration of TPM types

       Values:

       "passthrough"
           TPM passthrough type

       "emulator"
           Software Emulator TPM type Since: 2.11

       Since: 1.5

       query-tpm-types  (Command) Return a list of supported TPM types

       Returns: a list of TpmType

       Since: 1.5

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-tpm-types" }
               <- { "return": [ "passthrough", "emulator" ] }

       TPMPassthroughOptions (Object)

       Information about the TPM passthrough type

       Members:

       "path: string" (optional)
           string describing the path used for accessing the TPM device

       "cancel-path: string" (optional)
           string showing the TPM's sysfs cancel file for cancellation of TPM commands while they
           are executing

       Since: 1.5

       TPMEmulatorOptions (Object)

       Information about the TPM emulator type

       Members:

       "chardev: string"
           Name of a unix socket chardev

       Since: 2.11

       TpmTypeOptions (Object)

       A union referencing different TPM backend types' configuration options

       Members:

       "type"
           'passthrough' The configuration options for the TPM passthrough type 'emulator' The
           configuration options for TPM emulator backend type

       "data: TPMPassthroughOptions" when "type" is "passthrough"
       "data: TPMEmulatorOptions" when "type" is "emulator"

       Since: 1.5

       TPMInfo (Object)

       Information about the TPM

       Members:

       "id: string"
           The Id of the TPM

       "model: TpmModel"
           The TPM frontend model

       "options: TpmTypeOptions"
           The TPM (backend) type configuration options

       Since: 1.5

       query-tpm  (Command) Return information about the TPM device

       Returns: "TPMInfo" on success

       Since: 1.5

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-tpm" }
               <- { "return":
                    [
                      { "model": "tpm-tis",
                        "options":
                          { "type": "passthrough",
                            "data":
                              { "cancel-path": "/sys/class/misc/tpm0/device/cancel",
                                "path": "/dev/tpm0"
                              }
                          },
                        "id": "tpm0"
                      }
                    ]
                  }

   Remote desktop
       set_password  (Command) Sets the password of a remote display session.

       Arguments:

       "protocol: string"
           `vnc' to modify the VNC server password `spice' to modify the Spice server password

       "password: string"
           the new password

       "connected: string" (optional)
           how to handle existing clients when changing the password.  If nothing is specified,
           defaults to `keep' `fail' to fail the command if clients are connected `disconnect' to
           disconnect existing clients `keep' to maintain existing clients

       Returns: Nothing on success If Spice is not enabled, DeviceNotFound

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "set_password", "arguments": { "protocol": "vnc",
                                                              "password": "secret" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       expire_password  (Command) Expire the password of a remote display server.

       Arguments:

       "protocol: string"
           the name of the remote display protocol `vnc' or `spice'

       "time: string"
           when to expire the password.  `now' to expire the password immediately `never' to
           cancel password expiration `+INT' where INT is the number of seconds from now
           (integer) `INT' where INT is the absolute time in seconds

       Returns: Nothing on success If "protocol" is `spice' and Spice is not active,
       DeviceNotFound

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: Time is relative to the server and currently there is no way to coordinate server
       time with client time.  It is not recommended to use the absolute time version of the
       "time" parameter unless you're sure you are on the same machine as the QEMU instance.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "expire_password", "arguments": { "protocol": "vnc",
                                                                 "time": "+60" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       screendump  (Command) Write a PPM of the VGA screen to a file.

       Arguments:

       "filename: string"
           the path of a new PPM file to store the image

       "device: string" (optional)
           ID of the display device that should be dumped. If this parameter is missing, the
           primary display will be used. (Since 2.12)

       "head: int" (optional)
           head to use in case the device supports multiple heads. If this parameter is missing,
           head #0 will be used. Also note that the head can only be specified in conjunction
           with the device ID. (Since 2.12)

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "screendump",
                    "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/image" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Spice

       SpiceBasicInfo (Object)

       The basic information for SPICE network connection

       Members:

       "host: string"
           IP address

       "port: string"
           port number

       "family: NetworkAddressFamily"
           address family

       Since: 2.1

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       SpiceServerInfo (Object)

       Information about a SPICE server

       Members:

       "auth: string" (optional)
           authentication method

       The members of "SpiceBasicInfo"

       Since: 2.1

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       SpiceChannel (Object)

       Information about a SPICE client channel.

       Members:

       "connection-id: int"
           SPICE connection id number.  All channels with the same id belong to the same SPICE
           session.

       "channel-type: int"
           SPICE channel type number.  "1" is the main control channel, filter for this one if
           you want to track spice sessions only

       "channel-id: int"
           SPICE channel ID number.  Usually "0", might be different when multiple channels of
           the same type exist, such as multiple display channels in a multihead setup

       "tls: boolean"
           true if the channel is encrypted, false otherwise.

       The members of "SpiceBasicInfo"

       Since: 0.14.0

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       SpiceQueryMouseMode (Enum)

       An enumeration of Spice mouse states.

       Values:

       "client"
           Mouse cursor position is determined by the client.

       "server"
           Mouse cursor position is determined by the server.

       "unknown"
           No information is available about mouse mode used by the spice server.

       Note: spice/enums.h has a SpiceMouseMode already, hence the name.

       Since: 1.1

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       SpiceInfo (Object)

       Information about the SPICE session.

       Members:

       "enabled: boolean"
           true if the SPICE server is enabled, false otherwise

       "migrated: boolean"
           true if the last guest migration completed and spice migration had completed as well.
           false otherwise. (since 1.4)

       "host: string" (optional)
           The hostname the SPICE server is bound to.  This depends on the name resolution on the
           host and may be an IP address.

       "port: int" (optional)
           The SPICE server's port number.

       "compiled-version: string" (optional)
           SPICE server version.

       "tls-port: int" (optional)
           The SPICE server's TLS port number.

       "auth: string" (optional)
           the current authentication type used by the server 'none'  if no authentication is
           being used 'spice' uses SASL or direct TLS authentication, depending on command line
           options

       "mouse-mode: SpiceQueryMouseMode"
           The mode in which the mouse cursor is displayed currently. Can be determined by the
           client or the server, or unknown if spice server doesn't provide this information.
           (since: 1.1)

       "channels: array of SpiceChannel" (optional)
           a list of "SpiceChannel" for each active spice channel

       Since: 0.14.0

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       query-spice  (Command) Returns information about the current SPICE server

       Returns: "SpiceInfo"

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-spice" }
               <- { "return": {
                        "enabled": true,
                        "auth": "spice",
                        "port": 5920,
                        "tls-port": 5921,
                        "host": "0.0.0.0",
                        "channels": [
                           {
                              "port": "54924",
                              "family": "ipv4",
                              "channel-type": 1,
                              "connection-id": 1804289383,
                              "host": "127.0.0.1",
                              "channel-id": 0,
                              "tls": true
                           },
                           {
                              "port": "36710",
                              "family": "ipv4",
                              "channel-type": 4,
                              "connection-id": 1804289383,
                              "host": "127.0.0.1",
                              "channel-id": 0,
                              "tls": false
                           },
                           [ ... more channels follow ... ]
                        ]
                     }
                  }

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       SPICE_CONNECTED  (Event) Emitted when a SPICE client establishes a connection

       Arguments:

       "server: SpiceBasicInfo"
           server information

       "client: SpiceBasicInfo"
           client information

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1290688046, "microseconds": 388707},
                    "event": "SPICE_CONNECTED",
                    "data": {
                      "server": { "port": "5920", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"},
                      "client": {"port": "52873", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"}
                  }}

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       SPICE_INITIALIZED  (Event) Emitted after initial handshake and authentication takes place
       (if any) and the SPICE channel is up and running

       Arguments:

       "server: SpiceServerInfo"
           server information

       "client: SpiceChannel"
           client information

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1290688046, "microseconds": 417172},
                    "event": "SPICE_INITIALIZED",
                    "data": {"server": {"auth": "spice", "port": "5921",
                                        "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"},
                             "client": {"port": "49004", "family": "ipv4", "channel-type": 3,
                                        "connection-id": 1804289383, "host": "127.0.0.1",
                                        "channel-id": 0, "tls": true}
                  }}

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       SPICE_DISCONNECTED  (Event) Emitted when the SPICE connection is closed

       Arguments:

       "server: SpiceBasicInfo"
           server information

       "client: SpiceBasicInfo"
           client information

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1290688046, "microseconds": 388707},
                    "event": "SPICE_DISCONNECTED",
                    "data": {
                      "server": { "port": "5920", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"},
                      "client": {"port": "52873", "family": "ipv4", "host": "127.0.0.1"}
                  }}

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       SPICE_MIGRATE_COMPLETED  (Event) Emitted when SPICE migration has completed

       Since: 1.3

       Example:

               <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1290688046, "microseconds": 417172},
                    "event": "SPICE_MIGRATE_COMPLETED" }

       If: "defined(CONFIG_SPICE)"

       VNC

       VncBasicInfo (Object)

       The basic information for vnc network connection

       Members:

       "host: string"
           IP address

       "service: string"
           The service name of the vnc port. This may depend on the host system's service
           database so symbolic names should not be relied on.

       "family: NetworkAddressFamily"
           address family

       "websocket: boolean"
           true in case the socket is a websocket (since 2.3).

       Since: 2.1

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       VncServerInfo (Object)

       The network connection information for server

       Members:

       "auth: string" (optional)
           authentication method used for the plain (non-websocket) VNC server

       The members of "VncBasicInfo"

       Since: 2.1

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       VncClientInfo (Object)

       Information about a connected VNC client.

       Members:

       "x509_dname: string" (optional)
           If x509 authentication is in use, the Distinguished Name of the client.

       "sasl_username: string" (optional)
           If SASL authentication is in use, the SASL username used for authentication.

       The members of "VncBasicInfo"

       Since: 0.14.0

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       VncInfo (Object)

       Information about the VNC session.

       Members:

       "enabled: boolean"
           true if the VNC server is enabled, false otherwise

       "host: string" (optional)
           The hostname the VNC server is bound to.  This depends on the name resolution on the
           host and may be an IP address.

       "family: NetworkAddressFamily" (optional)
           'ipv6' if the host is listening for IPv6 connections 'ipv4' if the host is listening
           for IPv4 connections 'unix' if the host is listening on a unix domain socket 'unknown'
           otherwise

       "service: string" (optional)
           The service name of the server's port.  This may depends on the host system's service
           database so symbolic names should not be relied on.

       "auth: string" (optional)
           the current authentication type used by the server 'none' if no authentication is
           being used 'vnc' if VNC authentication is being used 'vencrypt+plain' if VEncrypt is
           used with plain text authentication 'vencrypt+tls+none' if VEncrypt is used with TLS
           and no authentication 'vencrypt+tls+vnc' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and VNC
           authentication 'vencrypt+tls+plain' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and plain text auth
           'vencrypt+x509+none' if VEncrypt is used with x509 and no auth 'vencrypt+x509+vnc' if
           VEncrypt is used with x509 and VNC auth 'vencrypt+x509+plain' if VEncrypt is used with
           x509 and plain text auth 'vencrypt+tls+sasl' if VEncrypt is used with TLS and SASL
           auth 'vencrypt+x509+sasl' if VEncrypt is used with x509 and SASL auth

       "clients: array of VncClientInfo" (optional)
           a list of "VncClientInfo" of all currently connected clients

       Since: 0.14.0

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       VncPrimaryAuth (Enum)

       vnc primary authentication method.

       Values:

       "none"
           Not documented

       "vnc"
           Not documented

       "ra2"
           Not documented

       "ra2ne"
           Not documented

       "tight"
           Not documented

       "ultra"
           Not documented

       "tls"
           Not documented

       "vencrypt"
           Not documented

       "sasl"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.3

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       VncVencryptSubAuth (Enum)

       vnc sub authentication method with vencrypt.

       Values:

       "plain"
           Not documented

       "tls-none"
           Not documented

       "x509-none"
           Not documented

       "tls-vnc"
           Not documented

       "x509-vnc"
           Not documented

       "tls-plain"
           Not documented

       "x509-plain"
           Not documented

       "tls-sasl"
           Not documented

       "x509-sasl"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.3

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       VncServerInfo2 (Object)

       The network connection information for server

       Members:

       "auth: VncPrimaryAuth"
           The current authentication type used by the servers

       "vencrypt: VncVencryptSubAuth" (optional)
           The vencrypt sub authentication type used by the servers, only specified in case auth
           == vencrypt.

       The members of "VncBasicInfo"

       Since: 2.9

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       VncInfo2 (Object)

       Information about a vnc server

       Members:

       "id: string"
           vnc server name.

       "server: array of VncServerInfo2"
           A list of "VncBasincInfo" describing all listening sockets.  The list can be empty (in
           case the vnc server is disabled).  It also may have multiple entries: normal +
           websocket, possibly also ipv4 + ipv6 in the future.

       "clients: array of VncClientInfo"
           A list of "VncClientInfo" of all currently connected clients.  The list can be empty,
           for obvious reasons.

       "auth: VncPrimaryAuth"
           The current authentication type used by the non-websockets servers

       "vencrypt: VncVencryptSubAuth" (optional)
           The vencrypt authentication type used by the servers, only specified in case auth ==
           vencrypt.

       "display: string" (optional)
           The display device the vnc server is linked to.

       Since: 2.3

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       query-vnc  (Command) Returns information about the current VNC server

       Returns: "VncInfo"

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-vnc" }
               <- { "return": {
                        "enabled":true,
                        "host":"0.0.0.0",
                        "service":"50402",
                        "auth":"vnc",
                        "family":"ipv4",
                        "clients":[
                           {
                              "host":"127.0.0.1",
                              "service":"50401",
                              "family":"ipv4"
                           }
                        ]
                     }
                  }

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       query-vnc-servers  (Command) Returns a list of vnc servers.  The list can be empty.

       Returns: a list of "VncInfo2"

       Since: 2.3

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       change-vnc-password  (Command) Change the VNC server password.

       Arguments:

       "password: string"
           the new password to use with VNC authentication

       Since: 1.1

       Notes: An empty password in this command will set the password to the empty string.
       Existing clients are unaffected by executing this command.

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       VNC_CONNECTED  (Event) Emitted when a VNC client establishes a connection

       Arguments:

       "server: VncServerInfo"
           server information

       "client: VncBasicInfo"
           client information

       Note: This event is emitted before any authentication takes place, thus the authentication
       ID is not provided

       Since: 0.13.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "VNC_CONNECTED",
                    "data": {
                          "server": { "auth": "sasl", "family": "ipv4",
                                      "service": "5901", "host": "0.0.0.0" },
                          "client": { "family": "ipv4", "service": "58425",
                                      "host": "127.0.0.1" } },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1262976601, "microseconds": 975795 } }

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       VNC_INITIALIZED  (Event) Emitted after authentication takes place (if any) and the VNC
       session is made active

       Arguments:

       "server: VncServerInfo"
           server information

       "client: VncClientInfo"
           client information

       Since: 0.13.0

       Example:

               <-  { "event": "VNC_INITIALIZED",
                     "data": {
                          "server": { "auth": "sasl", "family": "ipv4",
                                      "service": "5901", "host": "0.0.0.0"},
                          "client": { "family": "ipv4", "service": "46089",
                                      "host": "127.0.0.1", "sasl_username": "luiz" } },
                     "timestamp": { "seconds": 1263475302, "microseconds": 150772 } }

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

       VNC_DISCONNECTED  (Event) Emitted when the connection is closed

       Arguments:

       "server: VncServerInfo"
           server information

       "client: VncClientInfo"
           client information

       Since: 0.13.0

       Example:

               <- { "event": "VNC_DISCONNECTED",
                    "data": {
                          "server": { "auth": "sasl", "family": "ipv4",
                                      "service": "5901", "host": "0.0.0.0" },
                          "client": { "family": "ipv4", "service": "58425",
                                      "host": "127.0.0.1", "sasl_username": "luiz" } },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1262976601, "microseconds": 975795 } }

       If: "defined(CONFIG_VNC)"

   Input
       MouseInfo (Object)

       Information about a mouse device.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           the name of the mouse device

       "index: int"
           the index of the mouse device

       "current: boolean"
           true if this device is currently receiving mouse events

       "absolute: boolean"
           true if this device supports absolute coordinates as input

       Since: 0.14.0

       query-mice  (Command) Returns information about each active mouse device

       Returns: a list of "MouseInfo" for each device

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-mice" }
               <- { "return": [
                        {
                           "name":"QEMU Microsoft Mouse",
                           "index":0,
                           "current":false,
                           "absolute":false
                        },
                        {
                           "name":"QEMU PS/2 Mouse",
                           "index":1,
                           "current":true,
                           "absolute":true
                        }
                     ]
                  }

       QKeyCode (Enum)

       An enumeration of key name.

       This is used by the "send-key" command.

       Values:

       "unmapped"
           since 2.0

       "pause"
           since 2.0

       "ro"
           since 2.4

       "kp_comma"
           since 2.4

       "kp_equals"
           since 2.6

       "power"
           since 2.6

       "hiragana"
           since 2.9

       "henkan"
           since 2.9

       "yen"
           since 2.9

       "sleep"
           since 2.10

       "wake"
           since 2.10

       "audionext"
           since 2.10

       "audioprev"
           since 2.10

       "audiostop"
           since 2.10

       "audioplay"
           since 2.10

       "audiomute"
           since 2.10

       "volumeup"
           since 2.10

       "volumedown"
           since 2.10

       "mediaselect"
           since 2.10

       "mail"
           since 2.10

       "calculator"
           since 2.10

       "computer"
           since 2.10

       "ac_home"
           since 2.10

       "ac_back"
           since 2.10

       "ac_forward"
           since 2.10

       "ac_refresh"
           since 2.10

       "ac_bookmarks"
           since 2.10 altgr, altgr_r: dropped in 2.10

       "muhenkan"
           since 2.12

       "katakanahiragana"
           since 2.12

       "shift"
           Not documented

       "shift_r"
           Not documented

       "alt"
           Not documented

       "alt_r"
           Not documented

       "ctrl"
           Not documented

       "ctrl_r"
           Not documented

       "menu"
           Not documented

       "esc"
           Not documented

       1   Not documented

       2   Not documented

       3   Not documented

       4   Not documented

       5   Not documented

       6   Not documented

       7   Not documented

       8   Not documented

       9   Not documented

       0   Not documented

       "minus"
           Not documented

       "equal"
           Not documented

       "backspace"
           Not documented

       "tab"
           Not documented

       "q" Not documented

       "w" Not documented

       "e" Not documented

       "r" Not documented

       "t" Not documented

       "y" Not documented

       "u" Not documented

       "i" Not documented

       "o" Not documented

       "p" Not documented

       "bracket_left"
           Not documented

       "bracket_right"
           Not documented

       "ret"
           Not documented

       "a" Not documented

       "s" Not documented

       "d" Not documented

       "f" Not documented

       "g" Not documented

       "h" Not documented

       "j" Not documented

       "k" Not documented

       "l" Not documented

       "semicolon"
           Not documented

       "apostrophe"
           Not documented

       "grave_accent"
           Not documented

       "backslash"
           Not documented

       "z" Not documented

       "x" Not documented

       "c" Not documented

       "v" Not documented

       "b" Not documented

       "n" Not documented

       "m" Not documented

       "comma"
           Not documented

       "dot"
           Not documented

       "slash"
           Not documented

       "asterisk"
           Not documented

       "spc"
           Not documented

       "caps_lock"
           Not documented

       "f1"
           Not documented

       "f2"
           Not documented

       "f3"
           Not documented

       "f4"
           Not documented

       "f5"
           Not documented

       "f6"
           Not documented

       "f7"
           Not documented

       "f8"
           Not documented

       "f9"
           Not documented

       "f10"
           Not documented

       "num_lock"
           Not documented

       "scroll_lock"
           Not documented

       "kp_divide"
           Not documented

       "kp_multiply"
           Not documented

       "kp_subtract"
           Not documented

       "kp_add"
           Not documented

       "kp_enter"
           Not documented

       "kp_decimal"
           Not documented

       "sysrq"
           Not documented

       "kp_0"
           Not documented

       "kp_1"
           Not documented

       "kp_2"
           Not documented

       "kp_3"
           Not documented

       "kp_4"
           Not documented

       "kp_5"
           Not documented

       "kp_6"
           Not documented

       "kp_7"
           Not documented

       "kp_8"
           Not documented

       "kp_9"
           Not documented

       "less"
           Not documented

       "f11"
           Not documented

       "f12"
           Not documented

       "print"
           Not documented

       "home"
           Not documented

       "pgup"
           Not documented

       "pgdn"
           Not documented

       "end"
           Not documented

       "left"
           Not documented

       "up"
           Not documented

       "down"
           Not documented

       "right"
           Not documented

       "insert"
           Not documented

       "delete"
           Not documented

       "stop"
           Not documented

       "again"
           Not documented

       "props"
           Not documented

       "undo"
           Not documented

       "front"
           Not documented

       "copy"
           Not documented

       "open"
           Not documented

       "paste"
           Not documented

       "find"
           Not documented

       "cut"
           Not documented

       "lf"
           Not documented

       "help"
           Not documented

       "meta_l"
           Not documented

       "meta_r"
           Not documented

       "compose"
           Not documented

       'sysrq' was mistakenly added to hack around the fact that the ps2 driver was not
       generating correct scancodes sequences when 'alt+print' was pressed. This flaw is now
       fixed and the 'sysrq' key serves no further purpose. Any further use of 'sysrq' will be
       transparently changed to 'print', so they are effectively synonyms.

       Since: 1.3.0

       KeyValue (Object)

       Represents a keyboard key.

       Members:

       "type"
           One of "number", "qcode"

       "data: int" when "type" is "number"
       "data: QKeyCode" when "type" is "qcode"

       Since: 1.3.0

       send-key  (Command) Send keys to guest.

       Arguments:

       "keys: array of KeyValue"
           An array of "KeyValue" elements. All "KeyValues" in this array are simultaneously sent
           to the guest. A "KeyValue".number value is sent directly to the guest, while
           "KeyValue".qcode must be a valid "QKeyCode" value

       "hold-time: int" (optional)
           time to delay key up events, milliseconds. Defaults to 100

       Returns: Nothing on success If key is unknown or redundant, InvalidParameter

       Since: 1.3.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "send-key",
                    "arguments": { "keys": [ { "type": "qcode", "data": "ctrl" },
                                             { "type": "qcode", "data": "alt" },
                                             { "type": "qcode", "data": "delete" } ] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       InputButton (Enum)

       Button of a pointer input device (mouse, tablet).

       Values:

       "side"
           front side button of a 5-button mouse (since 2.9)

       "extra"
           rear side button of a 5-button mouse (since 2.9)

       "left"
           Not documented

       "middle"
           Not documented

       "right"
           Not documented

       "wheel-up"
           Not documented

       "wheel-down"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.0

       InputAxis (Enum)

       Position axis of a pointer input device (mouse, tablet).

       Values:

       "x" Not documented

       "y" Not documented

       Since: 2.0

       InputKeyEvent (Object)

       Keyboard input event.

       Members:

       "key: KeyValue"
           Which key this event is for.

       "down: boolean"
           True for key-down and false for key-up events.

       Since: 2.0

       InputBtnEvent (Object)

       Pointer button input event.

       Members:

       "button: InputButton"
           Which button this event is for.

       "down: boolean"
           True for key-down and false for key-up events.

       Since: 2.0

       InputMoveEvent (Object)

       Pointer motion input event.

       Members:

       "axis: InputAxis"
           Which axis is referenced by "value".

       "value: int"
           Pointer position.  For absolute coordinates the valid range is 0 -> 0x7ffff

       Since: 2.0

       InputEvent (Object)

       Input event union.

       Members:

       "type"
           the input type, one of:

           -   'key': Input event of Keyboard

           -   'btn': Input event of pointer buttons

           -   'rel': Input event of relative pointer motion

           -   'abs': Input event of absolute pointer motion

       "data: InputKeyEvent" when "type" is "key"
       "data: InputBtnEvent" when "type" is "btn"
       "data: InputMoveEvent" when "type" is "rel"
       "data: InputMoveEvent" when "type" is "abs"

       Since: 2.0

       input-send-event  (Command) Send input event(s) to guest.

       Arguments:

       "device: string" (optional)
           display device to send event(s) to.

       "head: int" (optional)
           head to send event(s) to, in case the display device supports multiple scanouts.

       "events: array of InputEvent"
           List of InputEvent union.

       Returns: Nothing on success.

       The "device" and "head" parameters can be used to send the input event to specific input
       devices in case (a) multiple input devices of the same kind are added to the virtual
       machine and (b) you have configured input routing (see docs/multiseat.txt) for those input
       devices.  The parameters work exactly like the device and head properties of input
       devices.  If "device" is missing, only devices that have no input routing config are
       admissible.  If "device" is specified, both input devices with and without input routing
       config are admissible, but devices with input routing config take precedence.

       Since: 2.6

       Note: The consoles are visible in the qom tree, under /backend/console[$index]. They have
       a device link and head property, so it is possible to map which console belongs to which
       device and display.

       Example:

               1. Press left mouse button.

               -> { "execute": "input-send-event",
                   "arguments": { "device": "video0",
                                  "events": [ { "type": "btn",
                                  "data" : { "down": true, "button": "left" } } ] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               -> { "execute": "input-send-event",
                   "arguments": { "device": "video0",
                                  "events": [ { "type": "btn",
                                  "data" : { "down": false, "button": "left" } } ] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               2. Press ctrl-alt-del.

               -> { "execute": "input-send-event",
                    "arguments": { "events": [
                       { "type": "key", "data" : { "down": true,
                         "key": {"type": "qcode", "data": "ctrl" } } },
                       { "type": "key", "data" : { "down": true,
                         "key": {"type": "qcode", "data": "alt" } } },
                       { "type": "key", "data" : { "down": true,
                         "key": {"type": "qcode", "data": "delete" } } } ] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               3. Move mouse pointer to absolute coordinates (20000, 400).

               -> { "execute": "input-send-event" ,
                 "arguments": { "events": [
                              { "type": "abs", "data" : { "axis": "x", "value" : 20000 } },
                              { "type": "abs", "data" : { "axis": "y", "value" : 400 } } ] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       GrabToggleKeys (Enum)

       Keys to toggle input-linux between host and guest.

       Values:

       "ctrl-ctrl"
           Not documented

       "alt-alt"
           Not documented

       "meta-meta"
           Not documented

       "scrolllock"
           Not documented

       "ctrl-scrolllock"
           Not documented

       Since: 4.0

       DisplayGTK (Object)

       GTK display options.

       Members:

       "grab-on-hover: boolean" (optional)
           Grab keyboard input on mouse hover.

       "zoom-to-fit: boolean" (optional)
           Zoom guest display to fit into the host window.  When turned off the host window will
           be resized instead.  In case the display device can notify the guest on window resizes
           (virtio-gpu) this will default to "on", assuming the guest will resize the display to
           match the window size then.  Otherwise it defaults to "off".  Since 3.1

       Since: 2.12

       DisplayEGLHeadless (Object)

       EGL headless display options.

       Members:

       "rendernode: string" (optional)
           Which DRM render node should be used. Default is the first available node on the host.

       Since: 3.1

       DisplayGLMode (Enum)

       Display OpenGL mode.

       Values:

       "off"
           Disable OpenGL (default).

       "on"
           Use OpenGL, pick context type automatically.  Would better be named 'auto' but is
           called 'on' for backward compatibility with bool type.

       "core"
           Use OpenGL with Core (desktop) Context.

       "es"
           Use OpenGL with ES (embedded systems) Context.

       Since: 3.0

       DisplayCurses (Object)

       Curses display options.

       Members:

       "charset: string" (optional)
           Font charset used by guest (default: CP437).

       Since: 4.0

       DisplayType (Enum)

       Display (user interface) type.

       Values:

       "default"
           The default user interface, selecting from the first available of gtk, sdl, cocoa, and
           vnc.

       "none"
           No user interface or video output display. The guest will still see an emulated
           graphics card, but its output will not be displayed to the QEMU user.

       "gtk"
           The GTK user interface.

       "sdl"
           The SDL user interface.

       "egl-headless"
           No user interface, offload GL operations to a local DRI device. Graphical display need
           to be paired with VNC or Spice. (Since 3.1)

       "curses"
           Display video output via curses.  For graphics device models which support a text
           mode, QEMU can display this output using a curses/ncurses interface. Nothing is
           displayed when the graphics device is in graphical mode or if the graphics device does
           not support a text mode. Generally only the VGA device models support text mode.

       "cocoa"
           The Cocoa user interface.

       "spice-app"
           Set up a Spice server and run the default associated application to connect to it. The
           server will redirect the serial console and QEMU monitors. (Since 4.0)

       Since: 2.12

       DisplayOptions (Object)

       Display (user interface) options.

       Members:

       "type: DisplayType"
           Which DisplayType qemu should use.

       "full-screen: boolean" (optional)
           Start user interface in fullscreen mode (default: off).

       "window-close: boolean" (optional)
           Allow to quit qemu with window close button (default: on).

       "gl: DisplayGLMode" (optional)
           Enable OpenGL support (default: off).

       The members of "DisplayGTK" when "type" is "gtk"
       The members of "DisplayCurses" when "type" is "curses"
       The members of "DisplayEGLHeadless" when "type" is "egl-headless"

       Since: 2.12

       query-display-options  (Command) Returns information about display configuration

       Returns: "DisplayOptions"

       Since: 3.1

       QAuthZListPolicy (Enum)

       The authorization policy result

       Values:

       "deny"
           deny access

       "allow"
           allow access

       Since: 4.0

       QAuthZListFormat (Enum)

       The authorization policy match format

       Values:

       "exact"
           an exact string match

       "glob"
           string with ? and * shell wildcard support

       Since: 4.0

       QAuthZListRule (Object)

       A single authorization rule.

       Members:

       "match: string"
           a string or glob to match against a user identity

       "policy: QAuthZListPolicy"
           the result to return if "match" evaluates to true

       "format: QAuthZListFormat" (optional)
           the format of the "match" rule (default 'exact')

       Since: 4.0

       QAuthZListRuleListHack (Object)

       Not exposed via QMP; hack to generate QAuthZListRuleList for use internally by the code.

       Members:

       "unused: array of QAuthZListRule"
           Not documented

       Since: 4.0

   Migration
       MigrationStats (Object)

       Detailed migration status.

       Members:

       "transferred: int"
           amount of bytes already transferred to the target VM

       "remaining: int"
           amount of bytes remaining to be transferred to the target VM

       "total: int"
           total amount of bytes involved in the migration process

       "duplicate: int"
           number of duplicate (zero) pages (since 1.2)

       "skipped: int"
           number of skipped zero pages (since 1.5)

       "normal: int"
           number of normal pages (since 1.2)

       "normal-bytes: int"
           number of normal bytes sent (since 1.2)

       "dirty-pages-rate: int"
           number of pages dirtied by second by the guest (since 1.3)

       "mbps: number"
           throughput in megabits/sec. (since 1.6)

       "dirty-sync-count: int"
           number of times that dirty ram was synchronized (since 2.1)

       "postcopy-requests: int"
           The number of page requests received from the destination (since 2.7)

       "page-size: int"
           The number of bytes per page for the various page-based statistics (since 2.10)

       "multifd-bytes: int"
           The number of bytes sent through multifd (since 3.0)

       "pages-per-second: int"
           the number of memory pages transferred per second (Since 4.0)

       Since: 0.14.0

       XBZRLECacheStats (Object)

       Detailed XBZRLE migration cache statistics

       Members:

       "cache-size: int"
           XBZRLE cache size

       "bytes: int"
           amount of bytes already transferred to the target VM

       "pages: int"
           amount of pages transferred to the target VM

       "cache-miss: int"
           number of cache miss

       "cache-miss-rate: number"
           rate of cache miss (since 2.1)

       "overflow: int"
           number of overflows

       Since: 1.2

       CompressionStats (Object)

       Detailed migration compression statistics

       Members:

       "pages: int"
           amount of pages compressed and transferred to the target VM

       "busy: int"
           count of times that no free thread was available to compress data

       "busy-rate: number"
           rate of thread busy

       "compressed-size: int"
           amount of bytes after compression

       "compression-rate: number"
           rate of compressed size

       Since: 3.1

       MigrationStatus (Enum)

       An enumeration of migration status.

       Values:

       "none"
           no migration has ever happened.

       "setup"
           migration process has been initiated.

       "cancelling"
           in the process of cancelling migration.

       "cancelled"
           cancelling migration is finished.

       "active"
           in the process of doing migration.

       "postcopy-active"
           like active, but now in postcopy mode. (since 2.5)

       "postcopy-paused"
           during postcopy but paused. (since 3.0)

       "postcopy-recover"
           trying to recover from a paused postcopy. (since 3.0)

       "completed"
           migration is finished.

       "failed"
           some error occurred during migration process.

       "colo"
           VM is in the process of fault tolerance, VM can not get into this state unless colo
           capability is enabled for migration. (since 2.8)

       "pre-switchover"
           Paused before device serialisation. (since 2.11)

       "device"
           During device serialisation when pause-before-switchover is enabled (since 2.11)

       Since: 2.3

       MigrationInfo (Object)

       Information about current migration process.

       Members:

       "status: MigrationStatus" (optional)
           "MigrationStatus" describing the current migration status.  If this field is not
           returned, no migration process has been initiated

       "ram: MigrationStats" (optional)
           "MigrationStats" containing detailed migration status, only returned if status is
           'active' or 'completed'(since 1.2)

       "disk: MigrationStats" (optional)
           "MigrationStats" containing detailed disk migration status, only returned if status is
           'active' and it is a block migration

       "xbzrle-cache: XBZRLECacheStats" (optional)
           "XBZRLECacheStats" containing detailed XBZRLE migration statistics, only returned if
           XBZRLE feature is on and status is 'active' or 'completed' (since 1.2)

       "total-time: int" (optional)
           total amount of milliseconds since migration started.  If migration has ended, it
           returns the total migration time. (since 1.2)

       "downtime: int" (optional)
           only present when migration finishes correctly total downtime in milliseconds for the
           guest.  (since 1.3)

       "expected-downtime: int" (optional)
           only present while migration is active expected downtime in milliseconds for the guest
           in last walk of the dirty bitmap. (since 1.3)

       "setup-time: int" (optional)
           amount of setup time in milliseconds before the iterations begin but after the QMP
           command is issued. This is designed to provide an accounting of any activities (such
           as RDMA pinning) which may be expensive, but do not actually occur during the
           iterative migration rounds themselves. (since 1.6)

       "cpu-throttle-percentage: int" (optional)
           percentage of time guest cpus are being throttled during auto-converge. This is only
           present when auto-converge has started throttling guest cpus. (Since 2.7)

       "error-desc: string" (optional)
           the human readable error description string, when "status" is 'failed'. Clients should
           not attempt to parse the error strings. (Since 2.7)

       "postcopy-blocktime: int" (optional)
           total time when all vCPU were blocked during postcopy live migration. This is only
           present when the postcopy-blocktime migration capability is enabled. (Since 3.0)

       "postcopy-vcpu-blocktime: array of int" (optional)
           list of the postcopy blocktime per vCPU.  This is only present when the postcopy-
           blocktime migration capability is enabled. (Since 3.0)

       "compression: CompressionStats" (optional)
           migration compression statistics, only returned if compression feature is on and
           status is 'active' or 'completed' (Since 3.1)

       "socket-address: array of SocketAddress" (optional)
           Only used for tcp, to know what the real port is (Since 4.0)

       Since: 0.14.0

       query-migrate  (Command) Returns information about current migration process. If migration
       is active there will be another json-object with RAM migration status and if block
       migration is active another one with block migration status.

       Returns: "MigrationInfo"

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               1. Before the first migration

               -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
               <- { "return": {} }

               2. Migration is done and has succeeded

               -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
               <- { "return": {
                       "status": "completed",
                       "total-time":12345,
                       "setup-time":12345,
                       "downtime":12345,
                       "ram":{
                         "transferred":123,
                         "remaining":123,
                         "total":246,
                         "duplicate":123,
                         "normal":123,
                         "normal-bytes":123456,
                         "dirty-sync-count":15
                       }
                    }
                  }

               3. Migration is done and has failed

               -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
               <- { "return": { "status": "failed" } }

               4. Migration is being performed and is not a block migration:

               -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
               <- {
                     "return":{
                        "status":"active",
                        "total-time":12345,
                        "setup-time":12345,
                        "expected-downtime":12345,
                        "ram":{
                           "transferred":123,
                           "remaining":123,
                           "total":246,
                           "duplicate":123,
                           "normal":123,
                           "normal-bytes":123456,
                           "dirty-sync-count":15
                        }
                     }
                  }

               5. Migration is being performed and is a block migration:

               -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
               <- {
                     "return":{
                        "status":"active",
                        "total-time":12345,
                        "setup-time":12345,
                        "expected-downtime":12345,
                        "ram":{
                           "total":1057024,
                           "remaining":1053304,
                           "transferred":3720,
                           "duplicate":123,
                           "normal":123,
                           "normal-bytes":123456,
                           "dirty-sync-count":15
                        },
                        "disk":{
                           "total":20971520,
                           "remaining":20880384,
                           "transferred":91136
                        }
                     }
                  }

               6. Migration is being performed and XBZRLE is active:

               -> { "execute": "query-migrate" }
               <- {
                     "return":{
                        "status":"active",
                        "total-time":12345,
                        "setup-time":12345,
                        "expected-downtime":12345,
                        "ram":{
                           "total":1057024,
                           "remaining":1053304,
                           "transferred":3720,
                           "duplicate":10,
                           "normal":3333,
                           "normal-bytes":3412992,
                           "dirty-sync-count":15
                        },
                        "xbzrle-cache":{
                           "cache-size":67108864,
                           "bytes":20971520,
                           "pages":2444343,
                           "cache-miss":2244,
                           "cache-miss-rate":0.123,
                           "overflow":34434
                        }
                     }
                  }

       MigrationCapability (Enum)

       Migration capabilities enumeration

       Values:

       "xbzrle"
           Migration supports xbzrle (Xor Based Zero Run Length Encoding).  This feature allows
           us to minimize migration traffic for certain work loads, by sending compressed
           difference of the pages

       "rdma-pin-all"
           Controls whether or not the entire VM memory footprint is mlock()'d on demand or all
           at once. Refer to docs/rdma.txt for usage.  Disabled by default. (since 2.0)

       "zero-blocks"
           During storage migration encode blocks of zeroes efficiently. This essentially saves
           1MB of zeroes per block on the wire. Enabling requires source and target VM to support
           this feature. To enable it is sufficient to enable the capability on the source VM.
           The feature is disabled by default. (since 1.6)

       "compress"
           Use multiple compression threads to accelerate live migration.  This feature can help
           to reduce the migration traffic, by sending compressed pages. Please note that if
           compress and xbzrle are both on, compress only takes effect in the ram bulk stage,
           after that, it will be disabled and only xbzrle takes effect, this can help to
           minimize migration traffic. The feature is disabled by default.  (since 2.4 )

       "events"
           generate events for each migration state change (since 2.4 )

       "auto-converge"
           If enabled, QEMU will automatically throttle down the guest to speed up convergence of
           RAM migration. (since 1.6)

       "postcopy-ram"
           Start executing on the migration target before all of RAM has been migrated, pulling
           the remaining pages along as needed. The capacity must have the same setting on both
           source and target or migration will not even start. NOTE: If the migration fails
           during postcopy the VM will fail.  (since 2.6)

       "x-colo"
           If enabled, migration will never end, and the state of the VM on the primary side will
           be migrated continuously to the VM on secondary side, this process is called COarse-
           Grain LOck Stepping (COLO) for Non-stop Service. (since 2.8)

       "release-ram"
           if enabled, qemu will free the migrated ram pages on the source during postcopy-ram
           migration. (since 2.9)

       "block"
           If enabled, QEMU will also migrate the contents of all block devices.  Default is
           disabled.  A possible alternative uses mirror jobs to a builtin NBD server on the
           destination, which offers more flexibility.  (Since 2.10)

       "return-path"
           If enabled, migration will use the return path even for precopy. (since 2.10)

       "pause-before-switchover"
           Pause outgoing migration before serialising device state and before disabling block IO
           (since 2.11)

       "multifd"
           Use more than one fd for migration (since 4.0)

       "dirty-bitmaps"
           If enabled, QEMU will migrate named dirty bitmaps.  (since 2.12)

       "postcopy-blocktime"
           Calculate downtime for postcopy live migration (since 3.0)

       "late-block-activate"
           If enabled, the destination will not activate block devices (and thus take locks)
           immediately at the end of migration.  (since 3.0)

       "x-ignore-shared"
           If enabled, QEMU will not migrate shared memory (since 4.0)

       Since: 1.2

       MigrationCapabilityStatus (Object)

       Migration capability information

       Members:

       "capability: MigrationCapability"
           capability enum

       "state: boolean"
           capability state bool

       Since: 1.2

       migrate-set-capabilities  (Command) Enable/Disable the following migration capabilities
       (like xbzrle)

       Arguments:

       "capabilities: array of MigrationCapabilityStatus"
           json array of capability modifications to make

       Since: 1.2

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate-set-capabilities" , "arguments":
                    { "capabilities": [ { "capability": "xbzrle", "state": true } ] } }

       query-migrate-capabilities  (Command) Returns information about the current migration
       capabilities status

       Returns: "MigrationCapabilitiesStatus"

       Since: 1.2

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-migrate-capabilities" }
               <- { "return": [
                     {"state": false, "capability": "xbzrle"},
                     {"state": false, "capability": "rdma-pin-all"},
                     {"state": false, "capability": "auto-converge"},
                     {"state": false, "capability": "zero-blocks"},
                     {"state": false, "capability": "compress"},
                     {"state": true, "capability": "events"},
                     {"state": false, "capability": "postcopy-ram"},
                     {"state": false, "capability": "x-colo"}
                  ]}

       MigrationParameter (Enum)

       Migration parameters enumeration

       Values:

       "announce-initial"
           Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending the first announce (Since 4.0)

       "announce-max"
           Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in the announcement (Since 4.0)

       "announce-rounds"
           Number of self-announce packets sent after migration (Since 4.0)

       "announce-step"
           Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between subsequent packets in the announcement
           (Since 4.0)

       "compress-level"
           Set the compression level to be used in live migration, the compression level is an
           integer between 0 and 9, where 0 means no compression, 1 means the best compression
           speed, and 9 means best compression ratio which will consume more CPU.

       "compress-threads"
           Set compression thread count to be used in live migration, the compression thread
           count is an integer between 1 and 255.

       "compress-wait-thread"
           Controls behavior when all compression threads are currently busy. If true (default),
           wait for a free compression thread to become available; otherwise, send the page
           uncompressed. (Since 3.1)

       "decompress-threads"
           Set decompression thread count to be used in live migration, the decompression thread
           count is an integer between 1 and 255. Usually, decompression is at least 4 times as
           fast as compression, so set the decompress-threads to the number about 1/4 of
           compress-threads is adequate.

       "cpu-throttle-initial"
           Initial percentage of time guest cpus are throttled when migration auto-converge is
           activated. The default value is 20. (Since 2.7)

       "cpu-throttle-increment"
           throttle percentage increase each time auto-converge detects that migration is not
           making progress. The default value is 10. (Since 2.7)

       "tls-creds"
           ID of the 'tls-creds' object that provides credentials for establishing a TLS
           connection over the migration data channel.  On the outgoing side of the migration,
           the credentials must be for a 'client' endpoint, while for the incoming side the
           credentials must be for a 'server' endpoint. Setting this will enable TLS for all
           migrations. The default is unset, resulting in unsecured migration at the QEMU level.
           (Since 2.7)

       "tls-hostname"
           hostname of the target host for the migration. This is required when using x509 based
           TLS credentials and the migration URI does not already include a hostname. For example
           if using fd: or exec: based migration, the hostname must be provided so that the
           server's x509 certificate identity can be validated. (Since 2.7)

       "tls-authz"
           ID of the 'authz' object subclass that provides access control checking of the TLS
           x509 certificate distinguished name.  This object is only resolved at time of use, so
           can be deleted and recreated on the fly while the migration server is active.  If
           missing, it will default to denying access (Since 4.0)

       "max-bandwidth"
           to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed in bytes per second. (Since 2.8)

       "downtime-limit"
           set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. maximum downtime in milliseconds (Since
           2.8)

       "x-checkpoint-delay"
           The delay time (in ms) between two COLO checkpoints in periodic mode. (Since 2.8)

       "block-incremental"
           Affects how much storage is migrated when the block migration capability is enabled.
           When false, the entire storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at the
           destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is migrated and the destination
           must already have access to the same backing chain as was used on the source.  (since
           2.10)

       "multifd-channels"
           Number of channels used to migrate data in parallel. This is the same number that the
           number of sockets used for migration.  The default value is 2 (since 4.0)

       "xbzrle-cache-size"
           cache size to be used by XBZRLE migration.  It needs to be a multiple of the target
           page size and a power of 2 (Since 2.11)

       "max-postcopy-bandwidth"
           Background transfer bandwidth during postcopy.  Defaults to 0 (unlimited).  In bytes
           per second.  (Since 3.0)

       "max-cpu-throttle"
           maximum cpu throttle percentage.  Defaults to 99. (Since 3.1)

       Since: 2.4

       MigrateSetParameters (Object)

       Members:

       "announce-initial: int" (optional)
           Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending the first announce (Since 4.0)

       "announce-max: int" (optional)
           Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in the announcement (Since 4.0)

       "announce-rounds: int" (optional)
           Number of self-announce packets sent after migration (Since 4.0)

       "announce-step: int" (optional)
           Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between subsequent packets in the announcement
           (Since 4.0)

       "compress-level: int" (optional)
           compression level

       "compress-threads: int" (optional)
           compression thread count

       "compress-wait-thread: boolean" (optional)
           Controls behavior when all compression threads are currently busy. If true (default),
           wait for a free compression thread to become available; otherwise, send the page
           uncompressed. (Since 3.1)

       "decompress-threads: int" (optional)
           decompression thread count

       "cpu-throttle-initial: int" (optional)
           Initial percentage of time guest cpus are throttled when migration auto-converge is
           activated.  The default value is 20. (Since 2.7)

       "cpu-throttle-increment: int" (optional)
           throttle percentage increase each time auto-converge detects that migration is not
           making progress. The default value is 10. (Since 2.7)

       "tls-creds: StrOrNull" (optional)
           ID of the 'tls-creds' object that provides credentials for establishing a TLS
           connection over the migration data channel. On the outgoing side of the migration, the
           credentials must be for a 'client' endpoint, while for the incoming side the
           credentials must be for a 'server' endpoint. Setting this to a non-empty string
           enables TLS for all migrations.  An empty string means that QEMU will use plain text
           mode for migration, rather than TLS (Since 2.9) Previously (since 2.7), this was
           reported by omitting tls-creds instead.

       "tls-hostname: StrOrNull" (optional)
           hostname of the target host for the migration. This is required when using x509 based
           TLS credentials and the migration URI does not already include a hostname. For example
           if using fd: or exec: based migration, the hostname must be provided so that the
           server's x509 certificate identity can be validated. (Since 2.7) An empty string means
           that QEMU will use the hostname associated with the migration URI, if any. (Since 2.9)
           Previously (since 2.7), this was reported by omitting tls-hostname instead.

       "max-bandwidth: int" (optional)
           to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed in bytes per second. (Since 2.8)

       "downtime-limit: int" (optional)
           set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. maximum downtime in milliseconds (Since
           2.8)

       "x-checkpoint-delay: int" (optional)
           the delay time between two COLO checkpoints. (Since 2.8)

       "block-incremental: boolean" (optional)
           Affects how much storage is migrated when the block migration capability is enabled.
           When false, the entire storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at the
           destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is migrated and the destination
           must already have access to the same backing chain as was used on the source.  (since
           2.10)

       "multifd-channels: int" (optional)
           Number of channels used to migrate data in parallel. This is the same number that the
           number of sockets used for migration.  The default value is 2 (since 4.0)

       "xbzrle-cache-size: int" (optional)
           cache size to be used by XBZRLE migration.  It needs to be a multiple of the target
           page size and a power of 2 (Since 2.11)

       "max-postcopy-bandwidth: int" (optional)
           Background transfer bandwidth during postcopy.  Defaults to 0 (unlimited).  In bytes
           per second.  (Since 3.0)

       "max-cpu-throttle: int" (optional)
           maximum cpu throttle percentage.  The default value is 99. (Since 3.1)

       "tls-authz: StrOrNull" (optional)
           Not documented

       Since: 2.4

       migrate-set-parameters  (Command) Set various migration parameters.

       Arguments: the members of "MigrateSetParameters"

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate-set-parameters" ,
                    "arguments": { "compress-level": 1 } }

       MigrationParameters (Object)

       The optional members aren't actually optional.

       Members:

       "announce-initial: int" (optional)
           Initial delay (in milliseconds) before sending the first announce (Since 4.0)

       "announce-max: int" (optional)
           Maximum delay (in milliseconds) between packets in the announcement (Since 4.0)

       "announce-rounds: int" (optional)
           Number of self-announce packets sent after migration (Since 4.0)

       "announce-step: int" (optional)
           Increase in delay (in milliseconds) between subsequent packets in the announcement
           (Since 4.0)

       "compress-level: int" (optional)
           compression level

       "compress-threads: int" (optional)
           compression thread count

       "compress-wait-thread: boolean" (optional)
           Controls behavior when all compression threads are currently busy. If true (default),
           wait for a free compression thread to become available; otherwise, send the page
           uncompressed. (Since 3.1)

       "decompress-threads: int" (optional)
           decompression thread count

       "cpu-throttle-initial: int" (optional)
           Initial percentage of time guest cpus are throttled when migration auto-converge is
           activated.  (Since 2.7)

       "cpu-throttle-increment: int" (optional)
           throttle percentage increase each time auto-converge detects that migration is not
           making progress. (Since 2.7)

       "tls-creds: string" (optional)
           ID of the 'tls-creds' object that provides credentials for establishing a TLS
           connection over the migration data channel. On the outgoing side of the migration, the
           credentials must be for a 'client' endpoint, while for the incoming side the
           credentials must be for a 'server' endpoint.  An empty string means that QEMU will use
           plain text mode for migration, rather than TLS (Since 2.7) Note: 2.8 reports this by
           omitting tls-creds instead.

       "tls-hostname: string" (optional)
           hostname of the target host for the migration. This is required when using x509 based
           TLS credentials and the migration URI does not already include a hostname. For example
           if using fd: or exec: based migration, the hostname must be provided so that the
           server's x509 certificate identity can be validated. (Since 2.7) An empty string means
           that QEMU will use the hostname associated with the migration URI, if any. (Since 2.9)
           Note: 2.8 reports this by omitting tls-hostname instead.

       "tls-authz: string" (optional)
           ID of the 'authz' object subclass that provides access control checking of the TLS
           x509 certificate distinguished name. (Since 4.0)

       "max-bandwidth: int" (optional)
           to set maximum speed for migration. maximum speed in bytes per second. (Since 2.8)

       "downtime-limit: int" (optional)
           set maximum tolerated downtime for migration. maximum downtime in milliseconds (Since
           2.8)

       "x-checkpoint-delay: int" (optional)
           the delay time between two COLO checkpoints. (Since 2.8)

       "block-incremental: boolean" (optional)
           Affects how much storage is migrated when the block migration capability is enabled.
           When false, the entire storage backing chain is migrated into a flattened image at the
           destination; when true, only the active qcow2 layer is migrated and the destination
           must already have access to the same backing chain as was used on the source.  (since
           2.10)

       "multifd-channels: int" (optional)
           Number of channels used to migrate data in parallel. This is the same number that the
           number of sockets used for migration.  The default value is 2 (since 4.0)

       "xbzrle-cache-size: int" (optional)
           cache size to be used by XBZRLE migration.  It needs to be a multiple of the target
           page size and a power of 2 (Since 2.11)

       "max-postcopy-bandwidth: int" (optional)
           Background transfer bandwidth during postcopy.  Defaults to 0 (unlimited).  In bytes
           per second.  (Since 3.0)

       "max-cpu-throttle: int" (optional)
           maximum cpu throttle percentage.  Defaults to 99.  (Since 3.1)

       Since: 2.4

       query-migrate-parameters  (Command) Returns information about the current migration
       parameters

       Returns: "MigrationParameters"

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-migrate-parameters" }
               <- { "return": {
                        "decompress-threads": 2,
                        "cpu-throttle-increment": 10,
                        "compress-threads": 8,
                        "compress-level": 1,
                        "cpu-throttle-initial": 20,
                        "max-bandwidth": 33554432,
                        "downtime-limit": 300
                     }
                  }

       client_migrate_info  (Command) Set migration information for remote display.  This makes
       the server ask the client to automatically reconnect using the new parameters once
       migration finished successfully.  Only implemented for SPICE.

       Arguments:

       "protocol: string"
           must be "spice"

       "hostname: string"
           migration target hostname

       "port: int" (optional)
           spice tcp port for plaintext channels

       "tls-port: int" (optional)
           spice tcp port for tls-secured channels

       "cert-subject: string" (optional)
           server certificate subject

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "client_migrate_info",
                    "arguments": { "protocol": "spice",
                                   "hostname": "virt42.lab.kraxel.org",
                                   "port": 1234 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       migrate-start-postcopy  (Command) Followup to a migration command to switch the migration
       to postcopy mode.  The postcopy-ram capability must be set on both source and destination
       before the original migration command.

       Since: 2.5

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate-start-postcopy" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       MIGRATION  (Event) Emitted when a migration event happens

       Arguments:

       "status: MigrationStatus"
           "MigrationStatus" describing the current migration status.

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               <- {"timestamp": {"seconds": 1432121972, "microseconds": 744001},
                   "event": "MIGRATION",
                   "data": {"status": "completed"} }

       MIGRATION_PASS  (Event) Emitted from the source side of a migration at the start of each
       pass (when it syncs the dirty bitmap)

       Arguments:

       "pass: int"
           An incrementing count (starting at 1 on the first pass)

       Since: 2.6

       Example:

               { "timestamp": {"seconds": 1449669631, "microseconds": 239225},
                 "event": "MIGRATION_PASS", "data": {"pass": 2} }

       COLOMessage (Enum)

       The message transmission between Primary side and Secondary side.

       Values:

       "checkpoint-ready"
           Secondary VM (SVM) is ready for checkpointing

       "checkpoint-request"
           Primary VM (PVM) tells SVM to prepare for checkpointing

       "checkpoint-reply"
           SVM gets PVM's checkpoint request

       "vmstate-send"
           VM's state will be sent by PVM.

       "vmstate-size"
           The total size of VMstate.

       "vmstate-received"
           VM's state has been received by SVM.

       "vmstate-loaded"
           VM's state has been loaded by SVM.

       Since: 2.8

       COLOMode (Enum)

       The COLO current mode.

       Values:

       "none"
           COLO is disabled.

       "primary"
           COLO node in primary side.

       "secondary"
           COLO node in slave side.

       Since: 2.8

       FailoverStatus (Enum)

       An enumeration of COLO failover status

       Values:

       "none"
           no failover has ever happened

       "require"
           got failover requirement but not handled

       "active"
           in the process of doing failover

       "completed"
           finish the process of failover

       "relaunch"
           restart the failover process, from 'none' -> 'completed' (Since 2.9)

       Since: 2.8

       COLO_EXIT  (Event) Emitted when VM finishes COLO mode due to some errors happening or at
       the request of users.

       Arguments:

       "mode: COLOMode"
           report COLO mode when COLO exited.

       "reason: COLOExitReason"
           describes the reason for the COLO exit.

       Since: 3.1

       Example:

               <- { "timestamp": {"seconds": 2032141960, "microseconds": 417172},
                    "event": "COLO_EXIT", "data": {"mode": "primary", "reason": "request" } }

       COLOExitReason (Enum)

       The reason for a COLO exit.

       Values:

       "none"
           failover has never happened. This state does not occur in the COLO_EXIT event, and is
           only visible in the result of query-colo-status.

       "request"
           COLO exit is due to an external request.

       "error"
           COLO exit is due to an internal error.

       "processing"
           COLO is currently handling a failover (since 4.0).

       Since: 3.1

       x-colo-lost-heartbeat  (Command) Tell qemu that heartbeat is lost, request it to do
       takeover procedures.  If this command is sent to the PVM, the Primary side will exit COLO
       mode.  If sent to the Secondary, the Secondary side will run failover work, then takes
       over server operation to become the service VM.

       Since: 2.8

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "x-colo-lost-heartbeat" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       migrate_cancel  (Command) Cancel the current executing migration process.

       Returns: nothing on success

       Notes: This command succeeds even if there is no migration process running.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate_cancel" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       migrate-continue  (Command) Continue migration when it's in a paused state.

       Arguments:

       "state: MigrationStatus"
           The state the migration is currently expected to be in

       Returns: nothing on success

       Since: 2.11

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate-continue" , "arguments":
                    { "state": "pre-switchover" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       migrate_set_downtime  (Command) Set maximum tolerated downtime for migration.

       Arguments:

       "value: number"
           maximum downtime in seconds

       Returns: nothing on success

       Notes: This command is deprecated in favor of 'migrate-set-parameters'

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate_set_downtime", "arguments": { "value": 0.1 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       migrate_set_speed  (Command) Set maximum speed for migration.

       Arguments:

       "value: int"
           maximum speed in bytes per second.

       Returns: nothing on success

       Notes: This command is deprecated in favor of 'migrate-set-parameters'

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate_set_speed", "arguments": { "value": 1024 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       migrate-set-cache-size  (Command) Set cache size to be used by XBZRLE migration

       Arguments:

       "value: int"
           cache size in bytes

       The size will be rounded down to the nearest power of 2.  The cache size can be modified
       before and during ongoing migration

       Returns: nothing on success

       Notes: This command is deprecated in favor of 'migrate-set-parameters'

       Since: 1.2

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate-set-cache-size",
                    "arguments": { "value": 536870912 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       query-migrate-cache-size  (Command) Query migration XBZRLE cache size

       Returns: XBZRLE cache size in bytes

       Notes: This command is deprecated in favor of 'query-migrate-parameters'

       Since: 1.2

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-migrate-cache-size" }
               <- { "return": 67108864 }

       migrate  (Command) Migrates the current running guest to another Virtual Machine.

       Arguments:

       "uri: string"
           the Uniform Resource Identifier of the destination VM

       "blk: boolean" (optional)
           do block migration (full disk copy)

       "inc: boolean" (optional)
           incremental disk copy migration

       "detach: boolean" (optional)
           this argument exists only for compatibility reasons and is ignored by QEMU

       "resume: boolean" (optional)
           resume one paused migration, default "off". (since 3.0)

       Returns: nothing on success

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes:

       1.  The 'query-migrate' command should be used to check migration's progress and final
           result (this information is provided by the 'status' member)

       2.  All boolean arguments default to false

       3.  The user Monitor's "detach" argument is invalid in QMP and should not be used

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate", "arguments": { "uri": "tcp:0:4446" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       migrate-incoming  (Command) Start an incoming migration, the qemu must have been started
       with -incoming defer

       Arguments:

       "uri: string"
           The Uniform Resource Identifier identifying the source or address to listen on

       Returns: nothing on success

       Since: 2.3

       Notes:

       1.  It's a bad idea to use a string for the uri, but it needs to stay compatible with
           -incoming and the format of the uri is already exposed above libvirt.

       2.  QEMU must be started with -incoming defer to allow migrate-incoming to be used.

       3.  The uri format is the same as for -incoming

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate-incoming",
                    "arguments": { "uri": "tcp::4446" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       xen-save-devices-state  (Command) Save the state of all devices to file. The RAM and the
       block devices of the VM are not saved by this command.

       Arguments:

       "filename: string"
           the file to save the state of the devices to as binary data. See
           xen-save-devices-state.txt for a description of the binary format.

       "live: boolean" (optional)
           Optional argument to ask QEMU to treat this command as part of a live migration.
           Default to true. (since 2.11)

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 1.1

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "xen-save-devices-state",
                    "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/save" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       xen-set-replication  (Command) Enable or disable replication.

       Arguments:

       "enable: boolean"
           true to enable, false to disable.

       "primary: boolean"
           true for primary or false for secondary.

       "failover: boolean" (optional)
           true to do failover, false to stop. but cannot be specified if 'enable' is true.
           default value is false.

       Returns: nothing.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "xen-set-replication",
                    "arguments": {"enable": true, "primary": false} }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Since: 2.9

       If: "defined(CONFIG_REPLICATION)"

       ReplicationStatus (Object)

       The result format for 'query-xen-replication-status'.

       Members:

       "error: boolean"
           true if an error happened, false if replication is normal.

       "desc: string" (optional)
           the human readable error description string, when "error" is 'true'.

       Since: 2.9

       If: "defined(CONFIG_REPLICATION)"

       query-xen-replication-status  (Command) Query replication status while the vm is running.

       Returns: A "ReplicationResult" object showing the status.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-xen-replication-status" }
               <- { "return": { "error": false } }

       Since: 2.9

       If: "defined(CONFIG_REPLICATION)"

       xen-colo-do-checkpoint  (Command) Xen uses this command to notify replication to trigger a
       checkpoint.

       Returns: nothing.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "xen-colo-do-checkpoint" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Since: 2.9

       If: "defined(CONFIG_REPLICATION)"

       COLOStatus (Object)

       The result format for 'query-colo-status'.

       Members:

       "mode: COLOMode"
           COLO running mode. If COLO is running, this field will return 'primary' or
           'secondary'.

       "last-mode: COLOMode"
           COLO last running mode. If COLO is running, this field will return same like mode
           field, after failover we can use this field to get last colo mode. (since 4.0)

       "reason: COLOExitReason"
           describes the reason for the COLO exit.

       Since: 3.1

       query-colo-status  (Command) Query COLO status while the vm is running.

       Returns: A "COLOStatus" object showing the status.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-colo-status" }
               <- { "return": { "mode": "primary", "reason": "request" } }

       Since: 3.1

       migrate-recover  (Command) Provide a recovery migration stream URI.

       Arguments:

       "uri: string"
           the URI to be used for the recovery of migration stream.

       Returns: nothing.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate-recover",
                    "arguments": { "uri": "tcp:192.168.1.200:12345" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Since: 3.0

       migrate-pause  (Command) Pause a migration.  Currently it only supports postcopy.

       Returns: nothing.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "migrate-pause" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Since: 3.0

   Transactions
       Abort (Object)

       This action can be used to test transaction failure.

       Since: 1.6

       ActionCompletionMode (Enum)

       An enumeration of Transactional completion modes.

       Values:

       "individual"
           Do not attempt to cancel any other Actions if any Actions fail after the Transaction
           request succeeds. All Actions that can complete successfully will do so without
           waiting on others.  This is the default.

       "grouped"
           If any Action fails after the Transaction succeeds, cancel all Actions. Actions do not
           complete until all Actions are ready to complete. May be rejected by Actions that do
           not support this completion mode.

       Since: 2.5

       TransactionAction (Object)

       A discriminated record of operations that can be performed with "transaction". Action
       "type" can be:

       -   "abort": since 1.6

       -   "block-dirty-bitmap-add": since 2.5

       -   "block-dirty-bitmap-clear": since 2.5

       -   "block-dirty-bitmap-enable": since 4.0

       -   "block-dirty-bitmap-disable": since 4.0

       -   "block-dirty-bitmap-merge": since 4.0

       -   "blockdev-backup": since 2.3

       -   "blockdev-snapshot": since 2.5

       -   "blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync": since 1.7

       -   "blockdev-snapshot-sync": since 1.1

       -   "drive-backup": since 1.6

       Members:

       "type"
           One of "abort", "block-dirty-bitmap-add", "block-dirty-bitmap-clear", "block-dirty-
           bitmap-enable", "block-dirty-bitmap-disable", "block-dirty-bitmap-merge", "blockdev-
           backup", "blockdev-snapshot", "blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync", "blockdev-snapshot-
           sync", "drive-backup"

       "data: Abort" when "type" is "abort"
       "data: BlockDirtyBitmapAdd" when "type" is "block-dirty-bitmap-add"
       "data: BlockDirtyBitmap" when "type" is "block-dirty-bitmap-clear"
       "data: BlockDirtyBitmap" when "type" is "block-dirty-bitmap-enable"
       "data: BlockDirtyBitmap" when "type" is "block-dirty-bitmap-disable"
       "data: BlockDirtyBitmapMerge" when "type" is "block-dirty-bitmap-merge"
       "data: BlockdevBackup" when "type" is "blockdev-backup"
       "data: BlockdevSnapshot" when "type" is "blockdev-snapshot"
       "data: BlockdevSnapshotInternal" when "type" is "blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync"
       "data: BlockdevSnapshotSync" when "type" is "blockdev-snapshot-sync"
       "data: DriveBackup" when "type" is "drive-backup"

       Since: 1.1

       TransactionProperties (Object)

       Optional arguments to modify the behavior of a Transaction.

       Members:

       "completion-mode: ActionCompletionMode" (optional)
           Controls how jobs launched asynchronously by Actions will complete or fail as a group.
           See "ActionCompletionMode" for details.

       Since: 2.5

       transaction  (Command) Executes a number of transactionable QMP commands atomically. If
       any operation fails, then the entire set of actions will be abandoned and the appropriate
       error returned.

       For external snapshots, the dictionary contains the device, the file to use for the new
       snapshot, and the format.  The default format, if not specified, is qcow2.

       Each new snapshot defaults to being created by QEMU (wiping any contents if the file
       already exists), but it is also possible to reuse an externally-created file.  In the
       latter case, you should ensure that the new image file has the same contents as the
       current one; QEMU cannot perform any meaningful check.  Typically this is achieved by
       using the current image file as the backing file for the new image.

       On failure, the original disks pre-snapshot attempt will be used.

       For internal snapshots, the dictionary contains the device and the snapshot's name.  If an
       internal snapshot matching name already exists, the request will be rejected.  Only some
       image formats support it, for example, qcow2, rbd, and sheepdog.

       On failure, qemu will try delete the newly created internal snapshot in the transaction.
       When an I/O error occurs during deletion, the user needs to fix it later with qemu-img or
       other command.

       Arguments:

       "actions: array of TransactionAction"
           List of "TransactionAction"; information needed for the respective operations.

       "properties: TransactionProperties" (optional)
           structure of additional options to control the execution of the transaction. See
           "TransactionProperties" for additional detail.

       Returns: nothing on success

       Errors depend on the operations of the transaction

       Note: The transaction aborts on the first failure.  Therefore, there will be information
       on only one failed operation returned in an error condition, and subsequent actions will
       not have been attempted.

       Since: 1.1

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "transaction",
                    "arguments": { "actions": [
                        { "type": "blockdev-snapshot-sync", "data" : { "device": "ide-hd0",
                                                    "snapshot-file": "/some/place/my-image",
                                                    "format": "qcow2" } },
                        { "type": "blockdev-snapshot-sync", "data" : { "node-name": "myfile",
                                                    "snapshot-file": "/some/place/my-image2",
                                                    "snapshot-node-name": "node3432",
                                                    "mode": "existing",
                                                    "format": "qcow2" } },
                        { "type": "blockdev-snapshot-sync", "data" : { "device": "ide-hd1",
                                                    "snapshot-file": "/some/place/my-image2",
                                                    "mode": "existing",
                                                    "format": "qcow2" } },
                        { "type": "blockdev-snapshot-internal-sync", "data" : {
                                                    "device": "ide-hd2",
                                                    "name": "snapshot0" } } ] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

   Tracing
       TraceEventState (Enum)

       State of a tracing event.

       Values:

       "unavailable"
           The event is statically disabled.

       "disabled"
           The event is dynamically disabled.

       "enabled"
           The event is dynamically enabled.

       Since: 2.2

       TraceEventInfo (Object)

       Information of a tracing event.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           Event name.

       "state: TraceEventState"
           Tracing state.

       "vcpu: boolean"
           Whether this is a per-vCPU event (since 2.7).

       An event is per-vCPU if it has the "vcpu" property in the "trace-events" files.

       Since: 2.2

       trace-event-get-state  (Command) Query the state of events.

       Arguments:

       "name: string"
           Event name pattern (case-sensitive glob).

       "vcpu: int" (optional)
           The vCPU to query (any by default; since 2.7).

       Returns: a list of "TraceEventInfo" for the matching events

       An event is returned if:

       -   its name matches the "name" pattern, and

       -   if "vcpu" is given, the event has the "vcpu" property.

       Therefore, if "vcpu" is given, the operation will only match per-vCPU events, returning
       their state on the specified vCPU. Special case: if "name" is an exact match, "vcpu" is
       given and the event does not have the "vcpu" property, an error is returned.

       Since: 2.2

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "trace-event-get-state",
                    "arguments": { "name": "qemu_memalign" } }
               <- { "return": [ { "name": "qemu_memalign", "state": "disabled" } ] }

       trace-event-set-state  (Command) Set the dynamic tracing state of events.

       Arguments:

       "name: string"
           Event name pattern (case-sensitive glob).

       "enable: boolean"
           Whether to enable tracing.

       "ignore-unavailable: boolean" (optional)
           Do not match unavailable events with "name".

       "vcpu: int" (optional)
           The vCPU to act upon (all by default; since 2.7).

       An event's state is modified if:

       -   its name matches the "name" pattern, and

       -   if "vcpu" is given, the event has the "vcpu" property.

       Therefore, if "vcpu" is given, the operation will only match per-vCPU events, setting
       their state on the specified vCPU. Special case: if "name" is an exact match, "vcpu" is
       given and the event does not have the "vcpu" property, an error is returned.

       Since: 2.2

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "trace-event-set-state",
                    "arguments": { "name": "qemu_memalign", "enable": "true" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

   QMP introspection
       query-qmp-schema  (Command) Command query-qmp-schema exposes the QMP wire ABI as an array
       of SchemaInfo.  This lets QMP clients figure out what commands and events are available in
       this QEMU, and their parameters and results.

       However, the SchemaInfo can't reflect all the rules and restrictions that apply to QMP.
       It's interface introspection (figuring out what's there), not interface specification.
       The specification is in the QAPI schema.

       Furthermore, while we strive to keep the QMP wire format backwards-compatible across qemu
       versions, the introspection output is not guaranteed to have the same stability.  For
       example, one version of qemu may list an object member as an optional non-variant, while
       another lists the same member only through the object's variants; or the type of a member
       may change from a generic string into a specific enum or from one specific type into an
       alternate that includes the original type alongside something else.

       Returns: array of "SchemaInfo", where each element describes an entity in the ABI:
       command, event, type, ...

       The order of the various SchemaInfo is unspecified; however, all names are guaranteed to
       be unique (no name will be duplicated with different meta-types).

       Note: the QAPI schema is also used to help define internal interfaces, by defining QAPI
       types.  These are not part of the QMP wire ABI, and therefore not returned by this
       command.

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaMetaType (Enum)

       This is a "SchemaInfo"'s meta type, i.e. the kind of entity it describes.

       Values:

       "builtin"
           a predefined type such as 'int' or 'bool'.

       "enum"
           an enumeration type

       "array"
           an array type

       "object"
           an object type (struct or union)

       "alternate"
           an alternate type

       "command"
           a QMP command

       "event"
           a QMP event

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfo (Object)

       Members:

       "name: string"
           the entity's name, inherited from "base".  The SchemaInfo is always referenced by this
           name.  Commands and events have the name defined in the QAPI schema.  Unlike command
           and event names, type names are not part of the wire ABI.  Consequently, type names
           are meaningless strings here, although they are still guaranteed unique regardless of
           "meta-type".

       "meta-type: SchemaMetaType"
           the entity's meta type, inherited from "base".

       The members of "SchemaInfoBuiltin" when "meta-type" is "builtin"
       The members of "SchemaInfoEnum" when "meta-type" is "enum"
       The members of "SchemaInfoArray" when "meta-type" is "array"
       The members of "SchemaInfoObject" when "meta-type" is "object"
       The members of "SchemaInfoAlternate" when "meta-type" is "alternate"
       The members of "SchemaInfoCommand" when "meta-type" is "command"
       The members of "SchemaInfoEvent" when "meta-type" is "event"

       Additional members depend on the value of "meta-type".

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfoBuiltin (Object)

       Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'builtin'.

       Members:

       "json-type: JSONType"
           the JSON type used for this type on the wire.

       Since: 2.5

       JSONType (Enum)

       The four primitive and two structured types according to RFC 8259 section 1, plus 'int'
       (split off 'number'), plus the obvious top type 'value'.

       Values:

       "string"
           Not documented

       "number"
           Not documented

       "int"
           Not documented

       "boolean"
           Not documented

       "null"
           Not documented

       "object"
           Not documented

       "array"
           Not documented

       "value"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfoEnum (Object)

       Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'enum'.

       Members:

       "values: array of string"
           the enumeration type's values, in no particular order.

       Values of this type are JSON string on the wire.

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfoArray (Object)

       Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'array'.

       Members:

       "element-type: string"
           the array type's element type.

       Values of this type are JSON array on the wire.

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfoObject (Object)

       Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'object'.

       Members:

       "members: array of SchemaInfoObjectMember"
           the object type's (non-variant) members, in no particular order.

       "tag: string" (optional)
           the name of the member serving as type tag.  An element of "members" with this name
           must exist.

       "variants: array of SchemaInfoObjectVariant" (optional)
           variant members, i.e. additional members that depend on the type tag's value.  Present
           exactly when "tag" is present.  The variants are in no particular order, and may even
           differ from the order of the values of the enum type of the "tag".

       Values of this type are JSON object on the wire.

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfoObjectMember (Object)

       An object member.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           the member's name, as defined in the QAPI schema.

       "type: string"
           the name of the member's type.

       "default: value" (optional)
           default when used as command parameter.  If absent, the parameter is mandatory.  If
           present, the value must be null.  The parameter is optional, and behavior when it's
           missing is not specified here.  Future extension: if present and non-null, the
           parameter is optional, and defaults to this value.

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfoObjectVariant (Object)

       The variant members for a value of the type tag.

       Members:

       "case: string"
           a value of the type tag.

       "type: string"
           the name of the object type that provides the variant members when the type tag has
           value "case".

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfoAlternate (Object)

       Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'alternate'.

       Members:

       "members: array of SchemaInfoAlternateMember"
           the alternate type's members, in no particular order.  The members' wire encoding is
           distinct, see docs/devel/qapi-code-gen.txt section Alternate types.

       On the wire, this can be any of the members.

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfoAlternateMember (Object)

       An alternate member.

       Members:

       "type: string"
           the name of the member's type.

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfoCommand (Object)

       Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'command'.

       Members:

       "arg-type: string"
           the name of the object type that provides the command's parameters.

       "ret-type: string"
           the name of the command's result type.

       "allow-oob: boolean" (optional)
           whether the command allows out-of-band execution, defaults to false (Since: 2.12)

       TODO: "success-response" (currently irrelevant, because it's QGA, not QMP)

       Since: 2.5

       SchemaInfoEvent (Object)

       Additional SchemaInfo members for meta-type 'event'.

       Members:

       "arg-type: string"
           the name of the object type that provides the event's parameters.

       Since: 2.5

   Miscellanea
       qmp_capabilities  (Command) Enable QMP capabilities.

       Arguments:

       Arguments:

       "enable: array of QMPCapability" (optional)
           An optional list of QMPCapability values to enable.  The client must not enable any
           capability that is not mentioned in the QMP greeting message.  If the field is not
           provided, it means no QMP capabilities will be enabled.  (since 2.12)

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "qmp_capabilities",
                    "arguments": { "enable": [ "oob" ] } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       Notes: This command is valid exactly when first connecting: it must be issued before any
       other command will be accepted, and will fail once the monitor is accepting other
       commands. (see qemu docs/interop/qmp-spec.txt)

       The QMP client needs to explicitly enable QMP capabilities, otherwise all the QMP
       capabilities will be turned off by default.

       Since: 0.13

       QMPCapability (Enum)

       Enumeration of capabilities to be advertised during initial client connection, used for
       agreeing on particular QMP extension behaviors.

       Values:

       "oob"
           QMP ability to support out-of-band requests.  (Please refer to qmp-spec.txt for more
           information on OOB)

       Since: 2.12

       VersionTriple (Object)

       A three-part version number.

       Members:

       "major: int"
           The major version number.

       "minor: int"
           The minor version number.

       "micro: int"
           The micro version number.

       Since: 2.4

       VersionInfo (Object)

       A description of QEMU's version.

       Members:

       "qemu: VersionTriple"
           The version of QEMU.  By current convention, a micro version of 50 signifies a
           development branch.  A micro version greater than or equal to 90 signifies a release
           candidate for the next minor version.  A micro version of less than 50 signifies a
           stable release.

       "package: string"
           QEMU will always set this field to an empty string.  Downstream versions of QEMU
           should set this to a non-empty string.  The exact format depends on the downstream
           however it highly recommended that a unique name is used.

       Since: 0.14.0

       query-version  (Command) Returns the current version of QEMU.

       Returns: A "VersionInfo" object describing the current version of QEMU.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-version" }
               <- {
                     "return":{
                        "qemu":{
                           "major":0,
                           "minor":11,
                           "micro":5
                        },
                        "package":""
                     }
                  }

       CommandInfo (Object)

       Information about a QMP command

       Members:

       "name: string"
           The command name

       Since: 0.14.0

       query-commands  (Command) Return a list of supported QMP commands by this server

       Returns: A list of "CommandInfo" for all supported commands

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-commands" }
               <- {
                    "return":[
                       {
                          "name":"query-balloon"
                       },
                       {
                          "name":"system_powerdown"
                       }
                    ]
                  }

       Note: This example has been shortened as the real response is too long.

       LostTickPolicy (Enum)

       Policy for handling lost ticks in timer devices.

       Values:

       "discard"
           throw away the missed tick(s) and continue with future injection normally.  Guest time
           may be delayed, unless the OS has explicit handling of lost ticks

       "delay"
           continue to deliver ticks at the normal rate.  Guest time will be delayed due to the
           late tick

       "merge"
           merge the missed tick(s) into one tick and inject.  Guest time may be delayed,
           depending on how the OS reacts to the merging of ticks

       "slew"
           deliver ticks at a higher rate to catch up with the missed tick. The guest time should
           not be delayed once catchup is complete.

       Since: 2.0

       add_client  (Command) Allow client connections for VNC, Spice and socket based character
       devices to be passed in to QEMU via SCM_RIGHTS.

       Arguments:

       "protocol: string"
           protocol name. Valid names are "vnc", "spice" or the name of a character device (eg.
           from -chardev id=XXXX)

       "fdname: string"
           file descriptor name previously passed via 'getfd' command

       "skipauth: boolean" (optional)
           whether to skip authentication. Only applies to "vnc" and "spice" protocols

       "tls: boolean" (optional)
           whether to perform TLS. Only applies to the "spice" protocol

       Returns: nothing on success.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "add_client", "arguments": { "protocol": "vnc",
                                                            "fdname": "myclient" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       NameInfo (Object)

       Guest name information.

       Members:

       "name: string" (optional)
           The name of the guest

       Since: 0.14.0

       query-name  (Command) Return the name information of a guest.

       Returns: "NameInfo" of the guest

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-name" }
               <- { "return": { "name": "qemu-name" } }

       KvmInfo (Object)

       Information about support for KVM acceleration

       Members:

       "enabled: boolean"
           true if KVM acceleration is active

       "present: boolean"
           true if KVM acceleration is built into this executable

       Since: 0.14.0

       query-kvm  (Command) Returns information about KVM acceleration

       Returns: "KvmInfo"

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-kvm" }
               <- { "return": { "enabled": true, "present": true } }

       UuidInfo (Object)

       Guest UUID information (Universally Unique Identifier).

       Members:

       "UUID: string"
           the UUID of the guest

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: If no UUID was specified for the guest, a null UUID is returned.

       query-uuid  (Command) Query the guest UUID information.

       Returns: The "UuidInfo" for the guest

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-uuid" }
               <- { "return": { "UUID": "550e8400-e29b-41d4-a716-446655440000" } }

       EventInfo (Object)

       Information about a QMP event

       Members:

       "name: string"
           The event name

       Since: 1.2.0

       query-events  (Command) Return information on QMP events.

       Returns: A list of "EventInfo".

       Since: 1.2.0

       Note: This command is deprecated, because its output doesn't reflect compile-time
       configuration.  Use query-qmp-schema instead.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-events" }
               <- {
                    "return": [
                        {
                           "name":"SHUTDOWN"
                        },
                        {
                           "name":"RESET"
                        }
                     ]
                  }

       Note: This example has been shortened as the real response is too long.

       CpuInfoArch (Enum)

       An enumeration of cpu types that enable additional information during "query-cpus" and
       "query-cpus-fast".

       Values:

       "s390"
           since 2.12

       "riscv"
           since 2.12

       "x86"
           Not documented

       "sparc"
           Not documented

       "ppc"
           Not documented

       "mips"
           Not documented

       "tricore"
           Not documented

       "other"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.6

       CpuInfo (Object)

       Information about a virtual CPU

       Members:

       "CPU: int"
           the index of the virtual CPU

       "current: boolean"
           this only exists for backwards compatibility and should be ignored

       "halted: boolean"
           true if the virtual CPU is in the halt state.  Halt usually refers to a processor
           specific low power mode.

       "qom_path: string"
           path to the CPU object in the QOM tree (since 2.4)

       "thread_id: int"
           ID of the underlying host thread

       "props: CpuInstanceProperties" (optional)
           properties describing to which node/socket/core/thread virtual CPU belongs to,
           provided if supported by board (since 2.10)

       "arch: CpuInfoArch"
           architecture of the cpu, which determines which additional fields will be listed
           (since 2.6)

       The members of "CpuInfoX86" when "arch" is "x86"
       The members of "CpuInfoSPARC" when "arch" is "sparc"
       The members of "CpuInfoPPC" when "arch" is "ppc"
       The members of "CpuInfoMIPS" when "arch" is "mips"
       The members of "CpuInfoTricore" when "arch" is "tricore"
       The members of "CpuInfoS390" when "arch" is "s390"
       The members of "CpuInfoRISCV" when "arch" is "riscv"

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: "halted" is a transient state that changes frequently.  By the time the data is
       sent to the client, the guest may no longer be halted.

       CpuInfoX86 (Object)

       Additional information about a virtual i386 or x86_64 CPU

       Members:

       "pc: int"
           the 64-bit instruction pointer

       Since: 2.6

       CpuInfoSPARC (Object)

       Additional information about a virtual SPARC CPU

       Members:

       "pc: int"
           the PC component of the instruction pointer

       "npc: int"
           the NPC component of the instruction pointer

       Since: 2.6

       CpuInfoPPC (Object)

       Additional information about a virtual PPC CPU

       Members:

       "nip: int"
           the instruction pointer

       Since: 2.6

       CpuInfoMIPS (Object)

       Additional information about a virtual MIPS CPU

       Members:

       "PC: int"
           the instruction pointer

       Since: 2.6

       CpuInfoTricore (Object)

       Additional information about a virtual Tricore CPU

       Members:

       "PC: int"
           the instruction pointer

       Since: 2.6

       CpuInfoRISCV (Object)

       Additional information about a virtual RISCV CPU

       Members:

       "pc: int"
           the instruction pointer

       Since 2.12

       CpuS390State (Enum)

       An enumeration of cpu states that can be assumed by a virtual S390 CPU

       Values:

       "uninitialized"
           Not documented

       "stopped"
           Not documented

       "check-stop"
           Not documented

       "operating"
           Not documented

       "load"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.12

       CpuInfoS390 (Object)

       Additional information about a virtual S390 CPU

       Members:

       "cpu-state: CpuS390State"
           the virtual CPU's state

       Since: 2.12

       query-cpus  (Command) Returns a list of information about each virtual CPU.

       This command causes vCPU threads to exit to userspace, which causes a small interruption
       to guest CPU execution. This will have a negative impact on realtime guests and other
       latency sensitive guest workloads.  It is recommended to use "query-cpus-fast" instead of
       this command to avoid the vCPU interruption.

       Returns: a list of "CpuInfo" for each virtual CPU

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-cpus" }
               <- { "return": [
                        {
                           "CPU":0,
                           "current":true,
                           "halted":false,
                           "qom_path":"/machine/unattached/device[0]",
                           "arch":"x86",
                           "pc":3227107138,
                           "thread_id":3134
                        },
                        {
                           "CPU":1,
                           "current":false,
                           "halted":true,
                           "qom_path":"/machine/unattached/device[2]",
                           "arch":"x86",
                           "pc":7108165,
                           "thread_id":3135
                        }
                     ]
                  }

       Notes: This interface is deprecated (since 2.12.0), and it is strongly recommended that
       you avoid using it. Use "query-cpus-fast" to obtain information about virtual CPUs.

       CpuInfoFast (Object)

       Information about a virtual CPU

       Members:

       "cpu-index: int"
           index of the virtual CPU

       "qom-path: string"
           path to the CPU object in the QOM tree

       "thread-id: int"
           ID of the underlying host thread

       "props: CpuInstanceProperties" (optional)
           properties describing to which node/socket/core/thread virtual CPU belongs to,
           provided if supported by board

       "arch: CpuInfoArch"
           base architecture of the cpu; deprecated since 3.0.0 in favor of "target"

       "target: SysEmuTarget"
           the QEMU system emulation target, which determines which additional fields will be
           listed (since 3.0)

       The members of "CpuInfoS390" when "target" is "s390x"

       Since: 2.12

       query-cpus-fast  (Command) Returns information about all virtual CPUs. This command does
       not incur a performance penalty and should be used in production instead of query-cpus.

       Returns: list of "CpuInfoFast"

       Since: 2.12

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-cpus-fast" }
               <- { "return": [
                       {
                           "thread-id": 25627,
                           "props": {
                               "core-id": 0,
                               "thread-id": 0,
                               "socket-id": 0
                           },
                           "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[0]",
                           "arch":"x86",
                           "target":"x86_64",
                           "cpu-index": 0
                       },
                       {
                           "thread-id": 25628,
                           "props": {
                               "core-id": 0,
                               "thread-id": 0,
                               "socket-id": 1
                           },
                           "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[2]",
                           "arch":"x86",
                           "target":"x86_64",
                           "cpu-index": 1
                       }
                   ]
               }

       IOThreadInfo (Object)

       Information about an iothread

       Members:

       "id: string"
           the identifier of the iothread

       "thread-id: int"
           ID of the underlying host thread

       "poll-max-ns: int"
           maximum polling time in ns, 0 means polling is disabled (since 2.9)

       "poll-grow: int"
           how many ns will be added to polling time, 0 means that it's not configured (since
           2.9)

       "poll-shrink: int"
           how many ns will be removed from polling time, 0 means that it's not configured (since
           2.9)

       Since: 2.0

       query-iothreads  (Command) Returns a list of information about each iothread.

       Note: this list excludes the QEMU main loop thread, which is not declared using the
       -object iothread command-line option.  It is always the main thread of the process.

       Returns: a list of "IOThreadInfo" for each iothread

       Since: 2.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-iothreads" }
               <- { "return": [
                        {
                           "id":"iothread0",
                           "thread-id":3134
                        },
                        {
                           "id":"iothread1",
                           "thread-id":3135
                        }
                     ]
                  }

       BalloonInfo (Object)

       Information about the guest balloon device.

       Members:

       "actual: int"
           the number of bytes the balloon currently contains

       Since: 0.14.0

       query-balloon  (Command) Return information about the balloon device.

       Returns: "BalloonInfo" on success

       If the balloon driver is enabled but not functional because the KVM kernel module cannot
       support it, KvmMissingCap

       If no balloon device is present, DeviceNotActive

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-balloon" }
               <- { "return": {
                        "actual": 1073741824,
                     }
                  }

       BALLOON_CHANGE  (Event) Emitted when the guest changes the actual BALLOON level. This
       value is equivalent to the "actual" field return by the 'query-balloon' command

       Arguments:

       "actual: int"
           actual level of the guest memory balloon in bytes

       Note: this event is rate-limited.

       Since: 1.2

       Example:

               <- { "event": "BALLOON_CHANGE",
                    "data": { "actual": 944766976 },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267020223, "microseconds": 435656 } }

       PciMemoryRange (Object)

       A PCI device memory region

       Members:

       "base: int"
           the starting address (guest physical)

       "limit: int"
           the ending address (guest physical)

       Since: 0.14.0

       PciMemoryRegion (Object)

       Information about a PCI device I/O region.

       Members:

       "bar: int"
           the index of the Base Address Register for this region

       "type: string"
           'io' if the region is a PIO region 'memory' if the region is a MMIO region

       "size: int"
           memory size

       "prefetch: boolean" (optional)
           if "type" is 'memory', true if the memory is prefetchable

       "mem_type_64: boolean" (optional)
           if "type" is 'memory', true if the BAR is 64-bit

       "address: int"
           Not documented

       Since: 0.14.0

       PciBusInfo (Object)

       Information about a bus of a PCI Bridge device

       Members:

       "number: int"
           primary bus interface number.  This should be the number of the bus the device resides
           on.

       "secondary: int"
           secondary bus interface number.  This is the number of the main bus for the bridge

       "subordinate: int"
           This is the highest number bus that resides below the bridge.

       "io_range: PciMemoryRange"
           The PIO range for all devices on this bridge

       "memory_range: PciMemoryRange"
           The MMIO range for all devices on this bridge

       "prefetchable_range: PciMemoryRange"
           The range of prefetchable MMIO for all devices on this bridge

       Since: 2.4

       PciBridgeInfo (Object)

       Information about a PCI Bridge device

       Members:

       "bus: PciBusInfo"
           information about the bus the device resides on

       "devices: array of PciDeviceInfo" (optional)
           a list of "PciDeviceInfo" for each device on this bridge

       Since: 0.14.0

       PciDeviceClass (Object)

       Information about the Class of a PCI device

       Members:

       "desc: string" (optional)
           a string description of the device's class

       "class: int"
           the class code of the device

       Since: 2.4

       PciDeviceId (Object)

       Information about the Id of a PCI device

       Members:

       "device: int"
           the PCI device id

       "vendor: int"
           the PCI vendor id

       "subsystem: int" (optional)
           the PCI subsystem id (since 3.1)

       "subsystem-vendor: int" (optional)
           the PCI subsystem vendor id (since 3.1)

       Since: 2.4

       PciDeviceInfo (Object)

       Information about a PCI device

       Members:

       "bus: int"
           the bus number of the device

       "slot: int"
           the slot the device is located in

       "function: int"
           the function of the slot used by the device

       "class_info: PciDeviceClass"
           the class of the device

       "id: PciDeviceId"
           the PCI device id

       "irq: int" (optional)
           if an IRQ is assigned to the device, the IRQ number

       "qdev_id: string"
           the device name of the PCI device

       "pci_bridge: PciBridgeInfo" (optional)
           if the device is a PCI bridge, the bridge information

       "regions: array of PciMemoryRegion"
           a list of the PCI I/O regions associated with the device

       Notes: the contents of "class_info".desc are not stable and should only be treated as
       informational.

       Since: 0.14.0

       PciInfo (Object)

       Information about a PCI bus

       Members:

       "bus: int"
           the bus index

       "devices: array of PciDeviceInfo"
           a list of devices on this bus

       Since: 0.14.0

       query-pci  (Command) Return information about the PCI bus topology of the guest.

       Returns: a list of "PciInfo" for each PCI bus. Each bus is represented by a json-object,
       which has a key with a json-array of all PCI devices attached to it. Each device is
       represented by a json-object.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-pci" }
               <- { "return": [
                        {
                           "bus": 0,
                           "devices": [
                              {
                                 "bus": 0,
                                 "qdev_id": "",
                                 "slot": 0,
                                 "class_info": {
                                    "class": 1536,
                                    "desc": "Host bridge"
                                 },
                                 "id": {
                                    "device": 32902,
                                    "vendor": 4663
                                 },
                                 "function": 0,
                                 "regions": [
                                 ]
                              },
                              {
                                 "bus": 0,
                                 "qdev_id": "",
                                 "slot": 1,
                                 "class_info": {
                                    "class": 1537,
                                    "desc": "ISA bridge"
                                 },
                                 "id": {
                                    "device": 32902,
                                    "vendor": 28672
                                 },
                                 "function": 0,
                                 "regions": [
                                 ]
                              },
                              {
                                 "bus": 0,
                                 "qdev_id": "",
                                 "slot": 1,
                                 "class_info": {
                                    "class": 257,
                                    "desc": "IDE controller"
                                 },
                                 "id": {
                                    "device": 32902,
                                    "vendor": 28688
                                 },
                                 "function": 1,
                                 "regions": [
                                    {
                                       "bar": 4,
                                       "size": 16,
                                       "address": 49152,
                                       "type": "io"
                                    }
                                 ]
                              },
                              {
                                 "bus": 0,
                                 "qdev_id": "",
                                 "slot": 2,
                                 "class_info": {
                                    "class": 768,
                                    "desc": "VGA controller"
                                 },
                                 "id": {
                                    "device": 4115,
                                    "vendor": 184
                                 },
                                 "function": 0,
                                 "regions": [
                                    {
                                       "prefetch": true,
                                       "mem_type_64": false,
                                       "bar": 0,
                                       "size": 33554432,
                                       "address": 4026531840,
                                       "type": "memory"
                                    },
                                    {
                                       "prefetch": false,
                                       "mem_type_64": false,
                                       "bar": 1,
                                       "size": 4096,
                                       "address": 4060086272,
                                       "type": "memory"
                                    },
                                    {
                                       "prefetch": false,
                                       "mem_type_64": false,
                                       "bar": 6,
                                       "size": 65536,
                                       "address": -1,
                                       "type": "memory"
                                    }
                                 ]
                              },
                              {
                                 "bus": 0,
                                 "qdev_id": "",
                                 "irq": 11,
                                 "slot": 4,
                                 "class_info": {
                                    "class": 1280,
                                    "desc": "RAM controller"
                                 },
                                 "id": {
                                    "device": 6900,
                                    "vendor": 4098
                                 },
                                 "function": 0,
                                 "regions": [
                                    {
                                       "bar": 0,
                                       "size": 32,
                                       "address": 49280,
                                       "type": "io"
                                    }
                                 ]
                              }
                           ]
                        }
                     ]
                  }

       Note: This example has been shortened as the real response is too long.

       quit  (Command) This command will cause the QEMU process to exit gracefully.  While every
       attempt is made to send the QMP response before terminating, this is not guaranteed.  When
       using this interface, a premature EOF would not be unexpected.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "quit" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       stop  (Command) Stop all guest VCPU execution.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: This function will succeed even if the guest is already in the stopped state.  In
       "inmigrate" state, it will ensure that the guest remains paused once migration finishes,
       as if the -S option was passed on the command line.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "stop" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       system_reset  (Command) Performs a hard reset of a guest.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "system_reset" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       system_powerdown  (Command) Requests that a guest perform a powerdown operation.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: A guest may or may not respond to this command.  This command returning does not
       indicate that a guest has accepted the request or that it has shut down.  Many guests will
       respond to this command by prompting the user in some way.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "system_powerdown" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       cpu-add  (Command) Adds CPU with specified ID.

       Arguments:

       "id: int"
           ID of CPU to be created, valid values [0..max_cpus)

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 1.5

       Note: This command is deprecated.  The `device_add` command should be used instead.  See
       the `query-hotpluggable-cpus` command for details.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "cpu-add", "arguments": { "id": 2 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       memsave  (Command) Save a portion of guest memory to a file.

       Arguments:

       "val: int"
           the virtual address of the guest to start from

       "size: int"
           the size of memory region to save

       "filename: string"
           the file to save the memory to as binary data

       "cpu-index: int" (optional)
           the index of the virtual CPU to use for translating the virtual address (defaults to
           CPU 0)

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: Errors were not reliably returned until 1.1

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "memsave",
                    "arguments": { "val": 10,
                                   "size": 100,
                                   "filename": "/tmp/virtual-mem-dump" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       pmemsave  (Command) Save a portion of guest physical memory to a file.

       Arguments:

       "val: int"
           the physical address of the guest to start from

       "size: int"
           the size of memory region to save

       "filename: string"
           the file to save the memory to as binary data

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: Errors were not reliably returned until 1.1

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "pmemsave",
                    "arguments": { "val": 10,
                                   "size": 100,
                                   "filename": "/tmp/physical-mem-dump" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       cont  (Command) Resume guest VCPU execution.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Returns: If successful, nothing

       Notes: This command will succeed if the guest is currently running.  It will also succeed
       if the guest is in the "inmigrate" state; in this case, the effect of the command is to
       make sure the guest starts once migration finishes, removing the effect of the -S command
       line option if it was passed.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "cont" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       x-exit-preconfig  (Command) Exit from "preconfig" state

       This command makes QEMU exit the preconfig state and proceed with VM initialization using
       configuration data provided on the command line and via the QMP monitor during the
       preconfig state. The command is only available during the preconfig state (i.e. when the
       --preconfig command line option was in use).

       Since 3.0

       Returns: nothing

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "x-exit-preconfig" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       system_wakeup  (Command) Wake up guest from suspend. If the guest has wake-up from suspend
       support enabled (wakeup-suspend-support flag from query-current-machine), wake-up guest
       from suspend if the guest is in SUSPENDED state. Return an error otherwise.

       Since: 1.1

       Returns: nothing.

       Note: prior to 4.0, this command does nothing in case the guest isn't suspended.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "system_wakeup" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       inject-nmi  (Command) Injects a Non-Maskable Interrupt into the default CPU (x86/s390) or
       all CPUs (ppc64).  The command fails when the guest doesn't support injecting.

       Returns: If successful, nothing

       Since: 0.14.0

       Note: prior to 2.1, this command was only supported for x86 and s390 VMs

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "inject-nmi" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       balloon  (Command) Request the balloon driver to change its balloon size.

       Arguments:

       "value: int"
           the target size of the balloon in bytes

       Returns: Nothing on success If the balloon driver is enabled but not functional because
       the KVM kernel module cannot support it, KvmMissingCap If no balloon device is present,
       DeviceNotActive

       Notes: This command just issues a request to the guest.  When it returns, the balloon size
       may not have changed.  A guest can change the balloon size independent of this command.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "balloon", "arguments": { "value": 536870912 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       human-monitor-command  (Command) Execute a command on the human monitor and return the
       output.

       Arguments:

       "command-line: string"
           the command to execute in the human monitor

       "cpu-index: int" (optional)
           The CPU to use for commands that require an implicit CPU

       Returns: the output of the command as a string

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: This command only exists as a stop-gap.  Its use is highly discouraged.  The
       semantics of this command are not guaranteed: this means that command names, arguments and
       responses can change or be removed at ANY time.  Applications that rely on long term
       stability guarantees should NOT use this command.

       Known limitations:

       ·   This command is stateless, this means that commands that depend on state information
           (such as getfd) might not work

       ·   Commands that prompt the user for data don't currently work

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "human-monitor-command",
                    "arguments": { "command-line": "info kvm" } }
               <- { "return": "kvm support: enabled\r\n" }

       ObjectPropertyInfo (Object)

       Members:

       "name: string"
           the name of the property

       "type: string"
           the type of the property.  This will typically come in one of four forms:

           1) A primitive type such as 'u8', 'u16', 'bool', 'str', or 'double'.  These types are
           mapped to the appropriate JSON type.

           2) A child type in the form 'child<subtype>' where subtype is a qdev device type name.
           Child properties create the composition tree.

           3) A link type in the form 'link<subtype>' where subtype is a qdev device type name.
           Link properties form the device model graph.

       "description: string" (optional)
           if specified, the description of the property.

       Since: 1.2

       qom-list  (Command) This command will list any properties of a object given a path in the
       object model.

       Arguments:

       "path: string"
           the path within the object model.  See "qom-get" for a description of this parameter.

       Returns: a list of "ObjectPropertyInfo" that describe the properties of the object.

       Since: 1.2

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "qom-list",
                    "arguments": { "path": "/chardevs" } }
               <- { "return": [ { "name": "type", "type": "string" },
                                { "name": "parallel0", "type": "child<chardev-vc>" },
                                { "name": "serial0", "type": "child<chardev-vc>" },
                                { "name": "mon0", "type": "child<chardev-stdio>" } ] }

       qom-get  (Command) This command will get a property from a object model path and return
       the value.

       Arguments:

       "path: string"
           The path within the object model.  There are two forms of supported paths--absolute
           and partial paths.

           Absolute paths are derived from the root object and can follow child<> or link<>
           properties.  Since they can follow link<> properties, they can be arbitrarily long.
           Absolute paths look like absolute filenames and are prefixed  with a leading slash.

           Partial paths look like relative filenames.  They do not begin with a prefix.  The
           matching rules for partial paths are subtle but designed to make specifying objects
           easy.  At each level of the composition tree, the partial path is matched as an
           absolute path.  The first match is not returned.  At least two matches are searched
           for.  A successful result is only returned if only one match is found.  If more than
           one match is found, a flag is return to indicate that the match was ambiguous.

       "property: string"
           The property name to read

       Returns: The property value.  The type depends on the property type. child<> and link<>
       properties are returned as #str pathnames.  All integer property types (u8, u16, etc) are
       returned as #int.

       Since: 1.2

       Example:

               1. Use absolute path

               -> { "execute": "qom-get",
                    "arguments": { "path": "/machine/unattached/device[0]",
                                   "property": "hotplugged" } }
               <- { "return": false }

               2. Use partial path

               -> { "execute": "qom-get",
                    "arguments": { "path": "unattached/sysbus",
                                   "property": "type" } }
               <- { "return": "System" }

       qom-set  (Command) This command will set a property from a object model path.

       Arguments:

       "path: string"
           see "qom-get" for a description of this parameter

       "property: string"
           the property name to set

       "value: value"
           a value who's type is appropriate for the property type.  See "qom-get" for a
           description of type mapping.

       Since: 1.2

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "qom-set",
                    "arguments": { "path": "/machine",
                                   "property": "graphics",
                                   "value": false } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       change  (Command) This command is multiple commands multiplexed together.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           This is normally the name of a block device but it may also be 'vnc'.  when it's
           'vnc', then sub command depends on "target"

       "target: string"
           If "device" is a block device, then this is the new filename.  If "device" is 'vnc',
           then if the value 'password' selects the vnc change password command.   Otherwise,
           this specifies a new server URI address to listen to for VNC connections.

       "arg: string" (optional)
           If "device" is a block device, then this is an optional format to open the device
           with.  If "device" is 'vnc' and "target" is 'password', this is the new VNC password
           to set.  See change-vnc-password for additional notes.

       Returns: Nothing on success.  If "device" is not a valid block device, DeviceNotFound

       Notes: This interface is deprecated, and it is strongly recommended that you avoid using
       it.  For changing block devices, use blockdev-change-medium; for changing VNC parameters,
       use change-vnc-password.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               1. Change a removable medium

               -> { "execute": "change",
                    "arguments": { "device": "ide1-cd0",
                                   "target": "/srv/images/Fedora-12-x86_64-DVD.iso" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               2. Change VNC password

               -> { "execute": "change",
                    "arguments": { "device": "vnc", "target": "password",
                                   "arg": "foobar1" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       ObjectTypeInfo (Object)

       This structure describes a search result from "qom-list-types"

       Members:

       "name: string"
           the type name found in the search

       "abstract: boolean" (optional)
           the type is abstract and can't be directly instantiated.  Omitted if false. (since
           2.10)

       "parent: string" (optional)
           Name of parent type, if any (since 2.10)

       Since: 1.1

       qom-list-types  (Command) This command will return a list of types given search parameters

       Arguments:

       "implements: string" (optional)
           if specified, only return types that implement this type name

       "abstract: boolean" (optional)
           if true, include abstract types in the results

       Returns: a list of "ObjectTypeInfo" or an empty list if no results are found

       Since: 1.1

       device-list-properties  (Command) List properties associated with a device.

       Arguments:

       "typename: string"
           the type name of a device

       Returns: a list of ObjectPropertyInfo describing a devices properties

       Note: objects can create properties at runtime, for example to describe links between
       different devices and/or objects. These properties are not included in the output of this
       command.

       Since: 1.2

       qom-list-properties  (Command) List properties associated with a QOM object.

       Arguments:

       "typename: string"
           the type name of an object

       Note: objects can create properties at runtime, for example to describe links between
       different devices and/or objects. These properties are not included in the output of this
       command.

       Returns: a list of ObjectPropertyInfo describing object properties

       Since: 2.12

       xen-set-global-dirty-log  (Command) Enable or disable the global dirty log mode.

       Arguments:

       "enable: boolean"
           true to enable, false to disable.

       Returns: nothing

       Since: 1.3

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "xen-set-global-dirty-log",
                    "arguments": { "enable": true } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       device_add  (Command)

       Arguments:

       "driver: string"
           the name of the new device's driver

       "bus: string" (optional)
           the device's parent bus (device tree path)

       "id: string" (optional)
           the device's ID, must be unique

       Additional arguments depend on the type.

       Add a device.

       Notes:

       1.  For detailed information about this command, please refer to the
           'docs/qdev-device-use.txt' file.

       2.  It's possible to list device properties by running QEMU with the "-device DEVICE,help"
           command-line argument, where DEVICE is the device's name

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "device_add",
                    "arguments": { "driver": "e1000", "id": "net1",
                                   "bus": "pci.0",
                                   "mac": "52:54:00:12:34:56" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       TODO: This command effectively bypasses QAPI completely due to its "additional arguments"
       business.  It shouldn't have been added to the schema in this form.  It should be qapified
       properly, or replaced by a properly qapified command.

       Since: 0.13

       device_del  (Command) Remove a device from a guest

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           the device's ID or QOM path

       Returns: Nothing on success If "id" is not a valid device, DeviceNotFound

       Notes: When this command completes, the device may not be removed from the guest.  Hot
       removal is an operation that requires guest cooperation.  This command merely requests
       that the guest begin the hot removal process.  Completion of the device removal process is
       signaled with a DEVICE_DELETED event. Guest reset will automatically complete removal for
       all devices.

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "device_del",
                    "arguments": { "id": "net1" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

               -> { "execute": "device_del",
                    "arguments": { "id": "/machine/peripheral-anon/device[0]" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       DEVICE_DELETED  (Event) Emitted whenever the device removal completion is acknowledged by
       the guest.  At this point, it's safe to reuse the specified device ID. Device removal can
       be initiated by the guest or by HMP/QMP commands.

       Arguments:

       "device: string" (optional)
           device name

       "path: string"
           device path

       Since: 1.5

       Example:

               <- { "event": "DEVICE_DELETED",
                    "data": { "device": "virtio-net-pci-0",
                              "path": "/machine/peripheral/virtio-net-pci-0" },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

       DumpGuestMemoryFormat (Enum)

       An enumeration of guest-memory-dump's format.

       Values:

       "elf"
           elf format

       "kdump-zlib"
           kdump-compressed format with zlib-compressed

       "kdump-lzo"
           kdump-compressed format with lzo-compressed

       "kdump-snappy"
           kdump-compressed format with snappy-compressed

       "win-dmp"
           Windows full crashdump format, can be used instead of ELF converting (since 2.13)

       Since: 2.0

       dump-guest-memory  (Command) Dump guest's memory to vmcore. It is a synchronous operation
       that can take very long depending on the amount of guest memory.

       Arguments:

       "paging: boolean"
           if true, do paging to get guest's memory mapping. This allows using gdb to process the
           core file.

           IMPORTANT: this option can make QEMU allocate several gigabytes of RAM. This can
           happen for a large guest, or a malicious guest pretending to be large.

           Also, paging=true has the following limitations:

           1.  The guest may be in a catastrophic state or can have corrupted memory, which
               cannot be trusted

           2.  The guest can be in real-mode even if paging is enabled. For example, the guest
               uses ACPI to sleep, and ACPI sleep state goes in real-mode

           3.  Currently only supported on i386 and x86_64.

       "protocol: string"
           the filename or file descriptor of the vmcore. The supported protocols are:

           1.  file: the protocol starts with "file:", and the following string is the file's
               path.

           2.  fd: the protocol starts with "fd:", and the following string is the fd's name.

       "detach: boolean" (optional)
           if true, QMP will return immediately rather than waiting for the dump to finish. The
           user can track progress using "query-dump". (since 2.6).

       "begin: int" (optional)
           if specified, the starting physical address.

       "length: int" (optional)
           if specified, the memory size, in bytes. If you don't want to dump all guest's memory,
           please specify the start "begin" and "length"

       "format: DumpGuestMemoryFormat" (optional)
           if specified, the format of guest memory dump. But non-elf format is conflict with
           paging and filter, ie. "paging", "begin" and "length" is not allowed to be specified
           with non-elf "format" at the same time (since 2.0)

       Note: All boolean arguments default to false

       Returns: nothing on success

       Since: 1.2

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "dump-guest-memory",
                    "arguments": { "protocol": "fd:dump" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       DumpStatus (Enum)

       Describe the status of a long-running background guest memory dump.

       Values:

       "none"
           no dump-guest-memory has started yet.

       "active"
           there is one dump running in background.

       "completed"
           the last dump has finished successfully.

       "failed"
           the last dump has failed.

       Since: 2.6

       DumpQueryResult (Object)

       The result format for 'query-dump'.

       Members:

       "status: DumpStatus"
           enum of "DumpStatus", which shows current dump status

       "completed: int"
           bytes written in latest dump (uncompressed)

       "total: int"
           total bytes to be written in latest dump (uncompressed)

       Since: 2.6

       query-dump  (Command) Query latest dump status.

       Returns: A "DumpStatus" object showing the dump status.

       Since: 2.6

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-dump" }
               <- { "return": { "status": "active", "completed": 1024000,
                                "total": 2048000 } }

       DUMP_COMPLETED  (Event) Emitted when background dump has completed

       Arguments:

       "result: DumpQueryResult"
           final dump status

       "error: string" (optional)
           human-readable error string that provides hint on why dump failed. Only presents on
           failure. The user should not try to interpret the error string.

       Since: 2.6

       Example:

               { "event": "DUMP_COMPLETED",
                 "data": {"result": {"total": 1090650112, "status": "completed",
                                     "completed": 1090650112} } }

       DumpGuestMemoryCapability (Object)

       A list of the available formats for dump-guest-memory

       Members:

       "formats: array of DumpGuestMemoryFormat"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.0

       query-dump-guest-memory-capability  (Command) Returns the available formats for dump-
       guest-memory

       Returns: A "DumpGuestMemoryCapability" object listing available formats for dump-guest-
       memory

       Since: 2.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-dump-guest-memory-capability" }
               <- { "return": { "formats":
                                ["elf", "kdump-zlib", "kdump-lzo", "kdump-snappy"] }

       object-add  (Command) Create a QOM object.

       Arguments:

       "qom-type: string"
           the class name for the object to be created

       "id: string"
           the name of the new object

       "props: value" (optional)
           a dictionary of properties to be passed to the backend

       Returns: Nothing on success Error if "qom-type" is not a valid class name

       Since: 2.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "object-add",
                    "arguments": { "qom-type": "rng-random", "id": "rng1",
                                   "props": { "filename": "/dev/hwrng" } } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       object-del  (Command) Remove a QOM object.

       Arguments:

       "id: string"
           the name of the QOM object to remove

       Returns: Nothing on success Error if "id" is not a valid id for a QOM object

       Since: 2.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "object-del", "arguments": { "id": "rng1" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       getfd  (Command) Receive a file descriptor via SCM rights and assign it a name

       Arguments:

       "fdname: string"
           file descriptor name

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 0.14.0

       Notes: If "fdname" already exists, the file descriptor assigned to it will be closed and
       replaced by the received file descriptor.

       The 'closefd' command can be used to explicitly close the file descriptor when it is no
       longer needed.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "getfd", "arguments": { "fdname": "fd1" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       closefd  (Command) Close a file descriptor previously passed via SCM rights

       Arguments:

       "fdname: string"
           file descriptor name

       Returns: Nothing on success

       Since: 0.14.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "closefd", "arguments": { "fdname": "fd1" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       MachineInfo (Object)

       Information describing a machine.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           the name of the machine

       "alias: string" (optional)
           an alias for the machine name

       "is-default: boolean" (optional)
           whether the machine is default

       "cpu-max: int"
           maximum number of CPUs supported by the machine type (since 1.5.0)

       "hotpluggable-cpus: boolean"
           cpu hotplug via -device is supported (since 2.7.0)

       Since: 1.2.0

       query-machines  (Command) Return a list of supported machines

       Returns: a list of MachineInfo

       Since: 1.2.0

       CurrentMachineParams (Object)

       Information describing the running machine parameters.

       Members:

       "wakeup-suspend-support: boolean"
           true if the machine supports wake up from suspend

       Since: 4.0

       query-current-machine  (Command) Return information on the current virtual machine.

       Returns: CurrentMachineParams

       Since: 4.0

       MemoryInfo (Object)

       Actual memory information in bytes.

       Members:

       "base-memory: int"
           size of "base" memory specified with command line option -m.

       "plugged-memory: int" (optional)
           size of memory that can be hot-unplugged. This field is omitted if target doesn't
           support memory hotplug (i.e. CONFIG_MEM_DEVICE not defined at build time).

       Since: 2.11.0

       query-memory-size-summary  (Command) Return the amount of initially allocated and present
       hotpluggable (if enabled) memory in bytes.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-memory-size-summary" }
               <- { "return": { "base-memory": 4294967296, "plugged-memory": 0 } }

       Since: 2.11.0

       CpuModelInfo (Object)

       Virtual CPU model.

       A CPU model consists of the name of a CPU definition, to which delta changes are applied
       (e.g. features added/removed). Most magic values that an architecture might require should
       be hidden behind the name.  However, if required, architectures can expose relevant
       properties.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           the name of the CPU definition the model is based on

       "props: value" (optional)
           a dictionary of QOM properties to be applied

       Since: 2.8.0

       CpuModelExpansionType (Enum)

       An enumeration of CPU model expansion types.

       Values:

       "static"
           Expand to a static CPU model, a combination of a static base model name and property
           delta changes. As the static base model will never change, the expanded CPU model will
           be the same, independent of QEMU version, machine type, machine options, and
           accelerator options.  Therefore, the resulting model can be used by tooling without
           having to specify a compatibility machine - e.g. when displaying the "host" model. The
           "static" CPU models are migration-safe.

       "full"
           Expand all properties. The produced model is not guaranteed to be migration-safe, but
           allows tooling to get an insight and work with model details.

       Note: When a non-migration-safe CPU model is expanded in static mode, some features
       enabled by the CPU model may be omitted, because they can't be implemented by a static CPU
       model definition (e.g. cache info passthrough and PMU passthrough in x86). If you need an
       accurate representation of the features enabled by a non-migration-safe CPU model, use
       "full". If you need a static representation that will keep ABI compatibility even when
       changing QEMU version or machine-type, use "static" (but keep in mind that some features
       may be omitted).

       Since: 2.8.0

       CpuModelCompareResult (Enum)

       An enumeration of CPU model comparison results. The result is usually calculated using
       e.g. CPU features or CPU generations.

       Values:

       "incompatible"
           If model A is incompatible to model B, model A is not guaranteed to run where model B
           runs and the other way around.

       "identical"
           If model A is identical to model B, model A is guaranteed to run where model B runs
           and the other way around.

       "superset"
           If model A is a superset of model B, model B is guaranteed to run where model A runs.
           There are no guarantees about the other way.

       "subset"
           If model A is a subset of model B, model A is guaranteed to run where model B runs.
           There are no guarantees about the other way.

       Since: 2.8.0

       AddfdInfo (Object)

       Information about a file descriptor that was added to an fd set.

       Members:

       "fdset-id: int"
           The ID of the fd set that "fd" was added to.

       "fd: int"
           The file descriptor that was received via SCM rights and added to the fd set.

       Since: 1.2.0

       add-fd  (Command) Add a file descriptor, that was passed via SCM rights, to an fd set.

       Arguments:

       "fdset-id: int" (optional)
           The ID of the fd set to add the file descriptor to.

       "opaque: string" (optional)
           A free-form string that can be used to describe the fd.

       Returns: "AddfdInfo" on success

       If file descriptor was not received, FdNotSupplied

       If "fdset-id" is a negative value, InvalidParameterValue

       Notes: The list of fd sets is shared by all monitor connections.

       If "fdset-id" is not specified, a new fd set will be created.

       Since: 1.2.0

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "add-fd", "arguments": { "fdset-id": 1 } }
               <- { "return": { "fdset-id": 1, "fd": 3 } }

       remove-fd  (Command) Remove a file descriptor from an fd set.

       Arguments:

       "fdset-id: int"
           The ID of the fd set that the file descriptor belongs to.

       "fd: int" (optional)
           The file descriptor that is to be removed.

       Returns: Nothing on success If "fdset-id" or "fd" is not found, FdNotFound

       Since: 1.2.0

       Notes: The list of fd sets is shared by all monitor connections.

       If "fd" is not specified, all file descriptors in "fdset-id" will be removed.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "remove-fd", "arguments": { "fdset-id": 1, "fd": 3 } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       FdsetFdInfo (Object)

       Information about a file descriptor that belongs to an fd set.

       Members:

       "fd: int"
           The file descriptor value.

       "opaque: string" (optional)
           A free-form string that can be used to describe the fd.

       Since: 1.2.0

       FdsetInfo (Object)

       Information about an fd set.

       Members:

       "fdset-id: int"
           The ID of the fd set.

       "fds: array of FdsetFdInfo"
           A list of file descriptors that belong to this fd set.

       Since: 1.2.0

       query-fdsets  (Command) Return information describing all fd sets.

       Returns: A list of "FdsetInfo"

       Since: 1.2.0

       Note: The list of fd sets is shared by all monitor connections.

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-fdsets" }
               <- { "return": [
                      {
                        "fds": [
                          {
                            "fd": 30,
                            "opaque": "rdonly:/path/to/file"
                          },
                          {
                            "fd": 24,
                            "opaque": "rdwr:/path/to/file"
                          }
                        ],
                        "fdset-id": 1
                      },
                      {
                        "fds": [
                          {
                            "fd": 28
                          },
                          {
                            "fd": 29
                          }
                        ],
                        "fdset-id": 0
                      }
                    ]
                  }

       TargetInfo (Object)

       Information describing the QEMU target.

       Members:

       "arch: SysEmuTarget"
           the target architecture

       Since: 1.2.0

       query-target  (Command) Return information about the target for this QEMU

       Returns: TargetInfo

       Since: 1.2.0

       AcpiTableOptions (Object)

       Specify an ACPI table on the command line to load.

       At most one of "file" and "data" can be specified. The list of files specified by any one
       of them is loaded and concatenated in order. If both are omitted, "data" is implied.

       Other fields / optargs can be used to override fields of the generic ACPI table header;
       refer to the ACPI specification 5.0, section 5.2.6 System Description Table Header. If a
       header field is not overridden, then the corresponding value from the concatenated blob is
       used (in case of "file"), or it is filled in with a hard-coded value (in case of "data").

       String fields are copied into the matching ACPI member from lowest address upwards, and
       silently truncated / NUL-padded to length.

       Members:

       "sig: string" (optional)
           table signature / identifier (4 bytes)

       "rev: int" (optional)
           table revision number (dependent on signature, 1 byte)

       "oem_id: string" (optional)
           OEM identifier (6 bytes)

       "oem_table_id: string" (optional)
           OEM table identifier (8 bytes)

       "oem_rev: int" (optional)
           OEM-supplied revision number (4 bytes)

       "asl_compiler_id: string" (optional)
           identifier of the utility that created the table (4 bytes)

       "asl_compiler_rev: int" (optional)
           revision number of the utility that created the table (4 bytes)

       "file: string" (optional)
           colon (:) separated list of pathnames to load and concatenate as table data. The
           resultant binary blob is expected to have an ACPI table header. At least one file is
           required. This field excludes "data".

       "data: string" (optional)
           colon (:) separated list of pathnames to load and concatenate as table data. The
           resultant binary blob must not have an ACPI table header. At least one file is
           required. This field excludes "file".

       Since: 1.5

       CommandLineParameterType (Enum)

       Possible types for an option parameter.

       Values:

       "string"
           accepts a character string

       "boolean"
           accepts "on" or "off"

       "number"
           accepts a number

       "size"
           accepts a number followed by an optional suffix (K)ilo, (M)ega, (G)iga, (T)era

       Since: 1.5

       CommandLineParameterInfo (Object)

       Details about a single parameter of a command line option.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           parameter name

       "type: CommandLineParameterType"
           parameter "CommandLineParameterType"

       "help: string" (optional)
           human readable text string, not suitable for parsing.

       "default: string" (optional)
           default value string (since 2.1)

       Since: 1.5

       CommandLineOptionInfo (Object)

       Details about a command line option, including its list of parameter details

       Members:

       "option: string"
           option name

       "parameters: array of CommandLineParameterInfo"
           an array of "CommandLineParameterInfo"

       Since: 1.5

       query-command-line-options  (Command) Query command line option schema.

       Arguments:

       "option: string" (optional)
           option name

       Returns: list of "CommandLineOptionInfo" for all options (or for the given "option").
       Returns an error if the given "option" doesn't exist.

       Since: 1.5

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-command-line-options",
                    "arguments": { "option": "option-rom" } }
               <- { "return": [
                       {
                           "parameters": [
                               {
                                   "name": "romfile",
                                   "type": "string"
                               },
                               {
                                   "name": "bootindex",
                                   "type": "number"
                               }
                           ],
                           "option": "option-rom"
                       }
                    ]
                  }

       X86CPURegister32 (Enum)

       A X86 32-bit register

       Values:

       "EAX"
           Not documented

       "EBX"
           Not documented

       "ECX"
           Not documented

       "EDX"
           Not documented

       "ESP"
           Not documented

       "EBP"
           Not documented

       "ESI"
           Not documented

       "EDI"
           Not documented

       Since: 1.5

       X86CPUFeatureWordInfo (Object)

       Information about a X86 CPU feature word

       Members:

       "cpuid-input-eax: int"
           Input EAX value for CPUID instruction for that feature word

       "cpuid-input-ecx: int" (optional)
           Input ECX value for CPUID instruction for that feature word

       "cpuid-register: X86CPURegister32"
           Output register containing the feature bits

       "features: int"
           value of output register, containing the feature bits

       Since: 1.5

       DummyForceArrays (Object)

       Not used by QMP; hack to let us use X86CPUFeatureWordInfoList internally

       Members:

       "unused: array of X86CPUFeatureWordInfo"
           Not documented

       Since: 2.5

       NumaOptionsType (Enum)

       Values:

       "node"
           NUMA nodes configuration

       "dist"
           NUMA distance configuration (since 2.10)

       "cpu"
           property based CPU(s) to node mapping (Since: 2.10)

       Since: 2.1

       NumaOptions (Object)

       A discriminated record of NUMA options. (for OptsVisitor)

       Members:

       "type: NumaOptionsType"
           Not documented

       The members of "NumaNodeOptions" when "type" is "node"
       The members of "NumaDistOptions" when "type" is "dist"
       The members of "NumaCpuOptions" when "type" is "cpu"

       Since: 2.1

       NumaNodeOptions (Object)

       Create a guest NUMA node. (for OptsVisitor)

       Members:

       "nodeid: int" (optional)
           NUMA node ID (increase by 1 from 0 if omitted)

       "cpus: array of int" (optional)
           VCPUs belonging to this node (assign VCPUS round-robin if omitted)

       "mem: int" (optional)
           memory size of this node; mutually exclusive with "memdev".  Equally divide total
           memory among nodes if both "mem" and "memdev" are omitted.

       "memdev: string" (optional)
           memory backend object.  If specified for one node, it must be specified for all nodes.

       Since: 2.1

       NumaDistOptions (Object)

       Set the distance between 2 NUMA nodes.

       Members:

       "src: int"
           source NUMA node.

       "dst: int"
           destination NUMA node.

       "val: int"
           NUMA distance from source node to destination node.  When a node is unreachable from
           another node, set the distance between them to 255.

       Since: 2.10

       NumaCpuOptions (Object)

       Option "-numa cpu" overrides default cpu to node mapping.  It accepts the same set of cpu
       properties as returned by query-hotpluggable-cpus[].props, where node-id could be used to
       override default node mapping.

       Members:

       The members of "CpuInstanceProperties"

       Since: 2.10

       HostMemPolicy (Enum)

       Host memory policy types

       Values:

       "default"
           restore default policy, remove any nondefault policy

       "preferred"
           set the preferred host nodes for allocation

       "bind"
           a strict policy that restricts memory allocation to the host nodes specified

       "interleave"
           memory allocations are interleaved across the set of host nodes specified

       Since: 2.1

       Memdev (Object)

       Information about memory backend

       Members:

       "id: string" (optional)
           backend's ID if backend has 'id' property (since 2.9)

       "size: int"
           memory backend size

       "merge: boolean"
           enables or disables memory merge support

       "dump: boolean"
           includes memory backend's memory in a core dump or not

       "prealloc: boolean"
           enables or disables memory preallocation

       "host-nodes: array of int"
           host nodes for its memory policy

       "policy: HostMemPolicy"
           memory policy of memory backend

       Since: 2.1

       query-memdev  (Command) Returns information for all memory backends.

       Returns: a list of "Memdev".

       Since: 2.1

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-memdev" }
               <- { "return": [
                      {
                        "id": "mem1",
                        "size": 536870912,
                        "merge": false,
                        "dump": true,
                        "prealloc": false,
                        "host-nodes": [0, 1],
                        "policy": "bind"
                      },
                      {
                        "size": 536870912,
                        "merge": false,
                        "dump": true,
                        "prealloc": true,
                        "host-nodes": [2, 3],
                        "policy": "preferred"
                      }
                    ]
                  }

       PCDIMMDeviceInfo (Object)

       PCDIMMDevice state information

       Members:

       "id: string" (optional)
           device's ID

       "addr: int"
           physical address, where device is mapped

       "size: int"
           size of memory that the device provides

       "slot: int"
           slot number at which device is plugged in

       "node: int"
           NUMA node number where device is plugged in

       "memdev: string"
           memory backend linked with device

       "hotplugged: boolean"
           true if device was hotplugged

       "hotpluggable: boolean"
           true if device if could be added/removed while machine is running

       Since: 2.1

       MemoryDeviceInfo (Object)

       Union containing information about a memory device

       Members:

       "type"
           One of "dimm", "nvdimm"

       "data: PCDIMMDeviceInfo" when "type" is "dimm"
       "data: PCDIMMDeviceInfo" when "type" is "nvdimm"

       Since: 2.1

       query-memory-devices  (Command) Lists available memory devices and their state

       Since: 2.1

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-memory-devices" }
               <- { "return": [ { "data":
                                     { "addr": 5368709120,
                                       "hotpluggable": true,
                                       "hotplugged": true,
                                       "id": "d1",
                                       "memdev": "/objects/memX",
                                       "node": 0,
                                       "size": 1073741824,
                                       "slot": 0},
                                  "type": "dimm"
                                } ] }

       MEM_UNPLUG_ERROR  (Event) Emitted when memory hot unplug error occurs.

       Arguments:

       "device: string"
           device name

       "msg: string"
           Informative message

       Since: 2.4

       Example:

               <- { "event": "MEM_UNPLUG_ERROR"
                    "data": { "device": "dimm1",
                              "msg": "acpi: device unplug for unsupported device"
                    },
                    "timestamp": { "seconds": 1265044230, "microseconds": 450486 } }

       ACPISlotType (Enum)

       Values:

       "DIMM"
           memory slot

       "CPU"
           logical CPU slot (since 2.7)

       ACPIOSTInfo (Object)

       OSPM Status Indication for a device For description of possible values of "source" and
       "status" fields see "_OST (OSPM Status Indication)" chapter of ACPI5.0 spec.

       Members:

       "device: string" (optional)
           device ID associated with slot

       "slot: string"
           slot ID, unique per slot of a given "slot-type"

       "slot-type: ACPISlotType"
           type of the slot

       "source: int"
           an integer containing the source event

       "status: int"
           an integer containing the status code

       Since: 2.1

       query-acpi-ospm-status  (Command) Return a list of ACPIOSTInfo for devices that support
       status reporting via ACPI _OST method.

       Since: 2.1

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-acpi-ospm-status" }
               <- { "return": [ { "device": "d1", "slot": "0", "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 1, "status": 0},
                                { "slot": "1", "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 0, "status": 0},
                                { "slot": "2", "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 0, "status": 0},
                                { "slot": "3", "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 0, "status": 0}
                  ]}

       ACPI_DEVICE_OST  (Event) Emitted when guest executes ACPI _OST method.

       Arguments:

       "info: ACPIOSTInfo"
           OSPM Status Indication

       Since: 2.1

       Example:

               <- { "event": "ACPI_DEVICE_OST",
                    "data": { "device": "d1", "slot": "0",
                              "slot-type": "DIMM", "source": 1, "status": 0 } }

       ReplayMode (Enum)

       Mode of the replay subsystem.

       Values:

       "none"
           normal execution mode. Replay or record are not enabled.

       "record"
           record mode. All non-deterministic data is written into the replay log.

       "play"
           replay mode. Non-deterministic data required for system execution is read from the
           log.

       Since: 2.5

       xen-load-devices-state  (Command) Load the state of all devices from file. The RAM and the
       block devices of the VM are not loaded by this command.

       Arguments:

       "filename: string"
           the file to load the state of the devices from as binary data. See
           xen-save-devices-state.txt for a description of the binary format.

       Since: 2.7

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "xen-load-devices-state",
                    "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/resume" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       CpuInstanceProperties (Object)

       List of properties to be used for hotplugging a CPU instance, it should be passed by
       management with device_add command when a CPU is being hotplugged.

       Members:

       "node-id: int" (optional)
           NUMA node ID the CPU belongs to

       "socket-id: int" (optional)
           socket number within node/board the CPU belongs to

       "core-id: int" (optional)
           core number within socket the CPU belongs to

       "thread-id: int" (optional)
           thread number within core the CPU belongs to

       Note: currently there are 4 properties that could be present but management should be
       prepared to pass through other properties with device_add command to allow for future
       interface extension. This also requires the filed names to be kept in sync with the
       properties passed to -device/device_add.

       Since: 2.7

       HotpluggableCPU (Object)

       Members:

       "type: string"
           CPU object type for usage with device_add command

       "props: CpuInstanceProperties"
           list of properties to be used for hotplugging CPU

       "vcpus-count: int"
           number of logical VCPU threads "HotpluggableCPU" provides

       "qom-path: string" (optional)
           link to existing CPU object if CPU is present or omitted if CPU is not present.

       Since: 2.7

       query-hotpluggable-cpus  (Command)

       TODO: Better documentation; currently there is none.

       Returns: a list of HotpluggableCPU objects.

       Since: 2.7

       Example:

               For pseries machine type started with -smp 2,cores=2,maxcpus=4 -cpu POWER8:

               -> { "execute": "query-hotpluggable-cpus" }
               <- {"return": [
                    { "props": { "core": 8 }, "type": "POWER8-spapr-cpu-core",
                      "vcpus-count": 1 },
                    { "props": { "core": 0 }, "type": "POWER8-spapr-cpu-core",
                      "vcpus-count": 1, "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[0]"}
                  ]}'

               For pc machine type started with -smp 1,maxcpus=2:

               -> { "execute": "query-hotpluggable-cpus" }
               <- {"return": [
                    {
                       "type": "qemu64-x86_64-cpu", "vcpus-count": 1,
                       "props": {"core-id": 0, "socket-id": 1, "thread-id": 0}
                    },
                    {
                       "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[0]",
                       "type": "qemu64-x86_64-cpu", "vcpus-count": 1,
                       "props": {"core-id": 0, "socket-id": 0, "thread-id": 0}
                    }
                  ]}

               For s390x-virtio-ccw machine type started with -smp 1,maxcpus=2 -cpu qemu
               (Since: 2.11):

               -> { "execute": "query-hotpluggable-cpus" }
               <- {"return": [
                    {
                       "type": "qemu-s390x-cpu", "vcpus-count": 1,
                       "props": { "core-id": 1 }
                    },
                    {
                       "qom-path": "/machine/unattached/device[0]",
                       "type": "qemu-s390x-cpu", "vcpus-count": 1,
                       "props": { "core-id": 0 }
                    }
                  ]}

       GuidInfo (Object)

       GUID information.

       Members:

       "guid: string"
           the globally unique identifier

       Since: 2.9

       query-vm-generation-id  (Command) Show Virtual Machine Generation ID

       Since: 2.9

       set-numa-node  (Command) Runtime equivalent of '-numa' CLI option, available at
       preconfigure stage to configure numa mapping before initializing machine.

       Since 3.0

       Arguments: the members of "NumaOptions"

   Target-specific commands & events
       RTC_CHANGE  (Event) Emitted when the guest changes the RTC time.

       Arguments:

       "offset: int"
           offset between base RTC clock (as specified by -rtc base), and new RTC clock value

       Note: This event is rate-limited.

       Since: 0.13.0

       Example:

               <-   { "event": "RTC_CHANGE",
                      "data": { "offset": 78 },
                      "timestamp": { "seconds": 1267020223, "microseconds": 435656 } }

       If: "defined(TARGET_ALPHA) || defined(TARGET_ARM) || defined(TARGET_HPPA) ||
       defined(TARGET_I386) || defined(TARGET_MIPS) || defined(TARGET_MIPS64) ||
       defined(TARGET_MOXIE) || defined(TARGET_PPC) || defined(TARGET_PPC64) ||
       defined(TARGET_S390X) || defined(TARGET_SH4) || defined(TARGET_SPARC)"

       rtc-reset-reinjection  (Command) This command will reset the RTC interrupt reinjection
       backlog.  Can be used if another mechanism to synchronize guest time is in effect, for
       example QEMU guest agent's guest-set-time command.

       Since: 2.1

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "rtc-reset-reinjection" }
               <- { "return": {} }

       If: "defined(TARGET_I386)"

       SevState (Enum)

       An enumeration of SEV state information used during "query-sev".

       Values:

       "uninit"
           The guest is uninitialized.

       "launch-update"
           The guest is currently being launched; plaintext data and register state is being
           imported.

       "launch-secret"
           The guest is currently being launched; ciphertext data is being imported.

       "running"
           The guest is fully launched or migrated in.

       "send-update"
           The guest is currently being migrated out to another machine.

       "receive-update"
           The guest is currently being migrated from another machine.

       Since: 2.12

       If: "defined(TARGET_I386)"

       SevInfo (Object)

       Information about Secure Encrypted Virtualization (SEV) support

       Members:

       "enabled: boolean"
           true if SEV is active

       "api-major: int"
           SEV API major version

       "api-minor: int"
           SEV API minor version

       "build-id: int"
           SEV FW build id

       "policy: int"
           SEV policy value

       "state: SevState"
           SEV guest state

       "handle: int"
           SEV firmware handle

       Since: 2.12

       If: "defined(TARGET_I386)"

       query-sev  (Command) Returns information about SEV

       Returns: "SevInfo"

       Since: 2.12

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-sev" }
               <- { "return": { "enabled": true, "api-major" : 0, "api-minor" : 0,
                                "build-id" : 0, "policy" : 0, "state" : "running",
                                "handle" : 1 } }

       If: "defined(TARGET_I386)"

       SevLaunchMeasureInfo (Object)

       SEV Guest Launch measurement information

       Members:

       "data: string"
           the measurement value encoded in base64

       Since: 2.12

       If: "defined(TARGET_I386)"

       query-sev-launch-measure  (Command) Query the SEV guest launch information.

       Returns: The "SevLaunchMeasureInfo" for the guest

       Since: 2.12

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-sev-launch-measure" }
               <- { "return": { "data": "4l8LXeNlSPUDlXPJG5966/8%YZ" } }

       If: "defined(TARGET_I386)"

       SevCapability (Object)

       The struct describes capability for a Secure Encrypted Virtualization feature.

       Members:

       "pdh: string"
           Platform Diffie-Hellman key (base64 encoded)

       "cert-chain: string"
           PDH certificate chain (base64 encoded)

       "cbitpos: int"
           C-bit location in page table entry

       "reduced-phys-bits: int"
           Number of physical Address bit reduction when SEV is enabled

       Since: 2.12

       If: "defined(TARGET_I386)"

       query-sev-capabilities  (Command) This command is used to get the SEV capabilities, and is
       supported on AMD X86 platforms only.

       Returns: SevCapability objects.

       Since: 2.12

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-sev-capabilities" }
               <- { "return": { "pdh": "8CCDD8DDD", "cert-chain": "888CCCDDDEE",
                                "cbitpos": 47, "reduced-phys-bits": 5}}

       If: "defined(TARGET_I386)"

       dump-skeys  (Command) Dump guest's storage keys

       Arguments:

       "filename: string"
           the path to the file to dump to

       This command is only supported on s390 architecture.

       Since: 2.5

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "dump-skeys",
                    "arguments": { "filename": "/tmp/skeys" } }
               <- { "return": {} }

       If: "defined(TARGET_S390X)"

       CpuModelBaselineInfo (Object)

       The result of a CPU model baseline.

       Members:

       "model: CpuModelInfo"
           the baselined CpuModelInfo.

       Since: 2.8.0

       If: "defined(TARGET_S390X)"

       CpuModelCompareInfo (Object)

       The result of a CPU model comparison.

       Members:

       "result: CpuModelCompareResult"
           The result of the compare operation.

       "responsible-properties: array of string"
           List of properties that led to the comparison result not being identical.

       "responsible-properties" is a list of QOM property names that led to both CPUs not being
       detected as identical. For identical models, this list is empty.  If a QOM property is
       read-only, that means there's no known way to make the CPU models identical. If the
       special property name "type" is included, the models are by definition not identical and
       cannot be made identical.

       Since: 2.8.0

       If: "defined(TARGET_S390X)"

       query-cpu-model-comparison  (Command) Compares two CPU models, returning how they compare
       in a specific configuration. The results indicates how both models compare regarding
       runnability. This result can be used by tooling to make decisions if a certain CPU model
       will run in a certain configuration or if a compatible CPU model has to be created by
       baselining.

       Usually, a CPU model is compared against the maximum possible CPU model of a certain
       configuration (e.g. the "host" model for KVM). If that CPU model is identical or a subset,
       it will run in that configuration.

       The result returned by this command may be affected by:

       ·   QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU version.  (Except
           for CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.)

       ·   machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the machine-type.  (Except for
           CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.)

       ·   machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, CPU models may look
           different depending on machine and accelerator options. (Except for CPU models
           reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.)

       ·   "-cpu" arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu option and global
           properties may affect expansion of CPU models. Using query-cpu-model-expansion while
           using these is not advised.

       Some architectures may not support comparing CPU models. s390x supports comparing CPU
       models.

       Arguments:

       "modela: CpuModelInfo"
           Not documented

       "modelb: CpuModelInfo"
           Not documented

       Returns: a CpuModelBaselineInfo. Returns an error if comparing CPU models is not
       supported, if a model cannot be used, if a model contains an unknown cpu definition name,
       unknown properties or properties with wrong types.

       Note: this command isn't specific to s390x, but is only implemented on this architecture
       currently.

       Since: 2.8.0

       If: "defined(TARGET_S390X)"

       query-cpu-model-baseline  (Command) Baseline two CPU models, creating a compatible third
       model. The created model will always be a static, migration-safe CPU model (see "static"
       CPU model expansion for details).

       This interface can be used by tooling to create a compatible CPU model out two CPU models.
       The created CPU model will be identical to or a subset of both CPU models when comparing
       them. Therefore, the created CPU model is guaranteed to run where the given CPU models
       run.

       The result returned by this command may be affected by:

       ·   QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU version.  (Except
           for CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.)

       ·   machine-type: CPU model may look different depending on the machine-type.  (Except for
           CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.)

       ·   machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, CPU models may look
           different depending on machine and accelerator options. (Except for CPU models
           reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.)

       ·   "-cpu" arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu option and global
           properties may affect expansion of CPU models. Using query-cpu-model-expansion while
           using these is not advised.

       Some architectures may not support baselining CPU models. s390x supports baselining CPU
       models.

       Arguments:

       "modela: CpuModelInfo"
           Not documented

       "modelb: CpuModelInfo"
           Not documented

       Returns: a CpuModelBaselineInfo. Returns an error if baselining CPU models is not
       supported, if a model cannot be used, if a model contains an unknown cpu definition name,
       unknown properties or properties with wrong types.

       Note: this command isn't specific to s390x, but is only implemented on this architecture
       currently.

       Since: 2.8.0

       If: "defined(TARGET_S390X)"

       GICCapability (Object)

       The struct describes capability for a specific GIC (Generic Interrupt Controller) version.
       These bits are not only decided by QEMU/KVM software version, but also decided by the
       hardware that the program is running upon.

       Members:

       "version: int"
           version of GIC to be described. Currently, only 2 and 3 are supported.

       "emulated: boolean"
           whether current QEMU/hardware supports emulated GIC device in user space.

       "kernel: boolean"
           whether current QEMU/hardware supports hardware accelerated GIC device in kernel.

       Since: 2.6

       If: "defined(TARGET_ARM)"

       query-gic-capabilities  (Command) This command is ARM-only. It will return a list of
       GICCapability objects that describe its capability bits.

       Returns: a list of GICCapability objects.

       Since: 2.6

       Example:

               -> { "execute": "query-gic-capabilities" }
               <- { "return": [{ "version": 2, "emulated": true, "kernel": false },
                               { "version": 3, "emulated": false, "kernel": true } ] }

       If: "defined(TARGET_ARM)"

       CpuModelExpansionInfo (Object)

       The result of a cpu model expansion.

       Members:

       "model: CpuModelInfo"
           the expanded CpuModelInfo.

       Since: 2.8.0

       If: "defined(TARGET_S390X) || defined(TARGET_I386)"

       query-cpu-model-expansion  (Command) Expands a given CPU model (or a combination of CPU
       model + additional options) to different granularities, allowing tooling to get an
       understanding what a specific CPU model looks like in QEMU under a certain configuration.

       This interface can be used to query the "host" CPU model.

       The data returned by this command may be affected by:

       ·   QEMU version: CPU models may look different depending on the QEMU version.  (Except
           for CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.)

       ·   machine-type: CPU model  may look different depending on the machine-type.  (Except
           for CPU models reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.)

       ·   machine options (including accelerator): in some architectures, CPU models may look
           different depending on machine and accelerator options. (Except for CPU models
           reported as "static" in query-cpu-definitions.)

       ·   "-cpu" arguments and global properties: arguments to the -cpu option and global
           properties may affect expansion of CPU models. Using query-cpu-model-expansion while
           using these is not advised.

       Some architectures may not support all expansion types. s390x supports "full" and
       "static".

       Arguments:

       "type: CpuModelExpansionType"
           Not documented

       "model: CpuModelInfo"
           Not documented

       Returns: a CpuModelExpansionInfo. Returns an error if expanding CPU models is not
       supported, if the model cannot be expanded, if the model contains an unknown CPU
       definition name, unknown properties or properties with a wrong type. Also returns an error
       if an expansion type is not supported.

       Since: 2.8.0

       If: "defined(TARGET_S390X) || defined(TARGET_I386)"

       CpuDefinitionInfo (Object)

       Virtual CPU definition.

       Members:

       "name: string"
           the name of the CPU definition

       "migration-safe: boolean" (optional)
           whether a CPU definition can be safely used for migration in combination with a QEMU
           compatibility machine when migrating between different QEMU versions and between hosts
           with different sets of (hardware or software) capabilities. If not provided,
           information is not available and callers should not assume the CPU definition to be
           migration-safe. (since 2.8)

       "static: boolean"
           whether a CPU definition is static and will not change depending on QEMU version,
           machine type, machine options and accelerator options.  A static model is always
           migration-safe. (since 2.8)

       "unavailable-features: array of string" (optional)
           List of properties that prevent the CPU model from running in the current host. (since
           2.8)

       "typename: string"
           Type name that can be used as argument to "device-list-properties", to introspect
           properties configurable using -cpu or -global.  (since 2.9)

       "unavailable-features" is a list of QOM property names that represent CPU model attributes
       that prevent the CPU from running.  If the QOM property is read-only, that means there's
       no known way to make the CPU model run in the current host. Implementations that choose
       not to provide specific information return the property name "type".  If the property is
       read-write, it means that it MAY be possible to run the CPU model in the current host if
       that property is changed. Management software can use it as hints to suggest or choose an
       alternative for the user, or just to generate meaningful error messages explaining why the
       CPU model can't be used.  If "unavailable-features" is an empty list, the CPU model is
       runnable using the current host and machine-type.  If "unavailable-features" is not
       present, runnability information for the CPU is not available.

       Since: 1.2.0

       If: "defined(TARGET_PPC) || defined(TARGET_ARM) || defined(TARGET_I386) ||
       defined(TARGET_S390X) || defined(TARGET_MIPS)"

       query-cpu-definitions  (Command) Return a list of supported virtual CPU definitions

       Returns: a list of CpuDefInfo

       Since: 1.2.0

       If: "defined(TARGET_PPC) || defined(TARGET_ARM) || defined(TARGET_I386) ||
       defined(TARGET_S390X) || defined(TARGET_MIPS)"

       AudiodevPerDirectionOptions (Object)

       General audio backend options that are used for both playback and recording.

       Members:

       "fixed-settings: boolean" (optional)
           use fixed settings for host input/output. When off, frequency, channels and format
           must not be specified (default true)

       "frequency: int" (optional)
           frequency to use when using fixed settings (default 44100)

       "channels: int" (optional)
           number of channels when using fixed settings (default 2)

       "voices: int" (optional)
           number of voices to use (default 1)

       "format: AudioFormat" (optional)
           sample format to use when using fixed settings (default s16)

       "buffer-length: int" (optional)
           the buffer length in microseconds

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevGenericOptions (Object)

       Generic driver-specific options.

       Members:

       "in: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the capture stream

       "out: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the playback stream

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevAlsaPerDirectionOptions (Object)

       Options of the ALSA backend that are used for both playback and recording.

       Members:

       "dev: string" (optional)
           the name of the ALSA device to use (default 'default')

       "period-length: int" (optional)
           the period length in microseconds

       "try-poll: boolean" (optional)
           attempt to use poll mode, falling back to non-polling access on failure (default true)

       The members of "AudiodevPerDirectionOptions"

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevAlsaOptions (Object)

       Options of the ALSA audio backend.

       Members:

       "in: AudiodevAlsaPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the capture stream

       "out: AudiodevAlsaPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the playback stream

       "threshold: int" (optional)
           set the threshold (in microseconds) when playback starts

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevCoreaudioPerDirectionOptions (Object)

       Options of the Core Audio backend that are used for both playback and recording.

       Members:

       "buffer-count: int" (optional)
           number of buffers

       The members of "AudiodevPerDirectionOptions"

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevCoreaudioOptions (Object)

       Options of the coreaudio audio backend.

       Members:

       "in: AudiodevCoreaudioPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the capture stream

       "out: AudiodevCoreaudioPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the playback stream

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevDsoundOptions (Object)

       Options of the DirectSound audio backend.

       Members:

       "in: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the capture stream

       "out: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the playback stream

       "latency: int" (optional)
           add extra latency to playback in microseconds (default 10000)

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevOssPerDirectionOptions (Object)

       Options of the OSS backend that are used for both playback and recording.

       Members:

       "dev: string" (optional)
           file name of the OSS device (default '/dev/dsp')

       "buffer-count: int" (optional)
           number of buffers

       "try-poll: boolean" (optional)
           attempt to use poll mode, falling back to non-polling access on failure (default true)

       The members of "AudiodevPerDirectionOptions"

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevOssOptions (Object)

       Options of the OSS audio backend.

       Members:

       "in: AudiodevOssPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the capture stream

       "out: AudiodevOssPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the playback stream

       "try-mmap: boolean" (optional)
           try using memory-mapped access, falling back to non-memory-mapped access on failure
           (default true)

       "exclusive: boolean" (optional)
           open device in exclusive mode (vmix won't work) (default false)

       "dsp-policy: int" (optional)
           set the timing policy of the device (between 0 and 10, where smaller number means
           smaller latency but higher CPU usage) or -1 to use fragment mode (option ignored on
           some platforms) (default 5)

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevPaPerDirectionOptions (Object)

       Options of the Pulseaudio backend that are used for both playback and recording.

       Members:

       "name: string" (optional)
           name of the sink/source to use

       "latency: int" (optional)
           latency you want PulseAudio to achieve in microseconds (default 15000)

       The members of "AudiodevPerDirectionOptions"

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevPaOptions (Object)

       Options of the PulseAudio audio backend.

       Members:

       "in: AudiodevPaPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the capture stream

       "out: AudiodevPaPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the playback stream

       "server: string" (optional)
           PulseAudio server address (default: let PulseAudio choose)

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevWavOptions (Object)

       Options of the wav audio backend.

       Members:

       "in: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the capture stream

       "out: AudiodevPerDirectionOptions" (optional)
           options of the playback stream

       "path: string" (optional)
           name of the wav file to record (default 'qemu.wav')

       Since: 4.0

       AudioFormat (Enum)

       An enumeration of possible audio formats.

       Values:

       "u8"
           Not documented

       "s8"
           Not documented

       "u16"
           Not documented

       "s16"
           Not documented

       "u32"
           Not documented

       "s32"
           Not documented

       Since: 4.0

       AudiodevDriver (Enum)

       An enumeration of possible audio backend drivers.

       Values:

       "none"
           Not documented

       "alsa"
           Not documented

       "coreaudio"
           Not documented

       "dsound"
           Not documented

       "oss"
           Not documented

       "pa"
           Not documented

       "sdl"
           Not documented

       "spice"
           Not documented

       "wav"
           Not documented

       Since: 4.0

       Audiodev (Object)

       Options of an audio backend.

       Members:

       "id: string"
           identifier of the backend

       "driver: AudiodevDriver"
           the backend driver to use

       "timer-period: int" (optional)
           timer period (in microseconds, 0: use lowest possible)

       The members of "AudiodevGenericOptions" when "driver" is "none"
       The members of "AudiodevAlsaOptions" when "driver" is "alsa"
       The members of "AudiodevCoreaudioOptions" when "driver" is "coreaudio"
       The members of "AudiodevDsoundOptions" when "driver" is "dsound"
       The members of "AudiodevOssOptions" when "driver" is "oss"
       The members of "AudiodevPaOptions" when "driver" is "pa"
       The members of "AudiodevGenericOptions" when "driver" is "sdl"
       The members of "AudiodevGenericOptions" when "driver" is "spice"
       The members of "AudiodevWavOptions" when "driver" is "wav"

       Since: 4.0

                                            2019-09-24                          QEMU-QMP-REF.7(7)